DISCOURSE AND EDUCATION

GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

 

Version 4.0. October 25, 2004

 

Aalsvoort, G. M., Cowie, H., & Mercer, N. (2000). Overview and new perspectives.  In: Cowie, Helen, & van der Aalsvoort, Geerdina. (Eds.), Social interaction in learning and instruction:  The meaning of discourse for the construction of knowledge. Advances in learning and instruction series. (pp. 214-220). Amsterdam: Pergamon/Elsevier Science Inc.

 

Aapola, S. (2002). Exploring dimensions of age in young people's lives: A discourse analytical approach.  Time and Society, 11(2-3), 295-314.

 

Aarssen, J. (1996). Relating events in two languages: Acquisition of cohesive devices by Turkish-Dutch bilingual children at school age. Tilburg: Tilburg University Press.

 

Abdesslem, H. (1992). Foreign language lesson discourse analysis: The teaching and learning of English in Tunisian schools. Lewiston: E. Mellen Press.

 

Abdesslem, H. (1996). Communication Strategies or Discourse Strategies in Foreign Language Performance? IRAL, 34(1), 49-61.

 

Aberson, C. L., Berger, D. E., Healy, M. R., Kyle, D. J., & Romero, V. L. (2000). Evaluation of an Interactive Tutorial for Teaching the Central-Limit-Theorem. Teaching of Psychology, 27(4), 289-291.

 

Aberson, C. L., Berger, D. E., Healy, M. R., & Romero, V. L. (2003). Evaluation of an Interactive Tutorial for Teaching Hypothesis-Testing Concepts. Teaching of Psychology, 30(1), 75-78.

 

Abimbola, I. O., & Baba, S. (1996). Misconceptions and Alternative Conceptions in Science Textbooks: The Role of Teachers as Filters. American Biology Teacher, 58(1), 14-19.

 

Abraham, R. G. (1981). Teaching the English Verb System with Authentic Discourse. Cross Currents, 8(2), 23-33.

 

Abt Perkins, D. (1996). Teaching writing in a multicultural classroom: Students and teacher as storytellers. In: Rios, Francisco A. (Ed.), Teacher thinking in cultural contexts. SUNY series, the social context of education. (pp. 151-184). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Abuehaj, T. R. (2003). Challenging the Inevitability of Difference: Young-Women and Discourses About Gender Equity in the Classroom. Curriculum Inquiry, 33(4), 401-425.

 

Ackerman, B. P. (1986). Referential and causal coherence in the story comprehension of children and adults.  Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 41(2), 336-366.

 

Ackley, K. A. (Ed.). (1997). Perspectives on contemporary issues. Readings across the disciplines. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace College Publishers.

 

Adams, D. (1988). Extending the Educational-Planning Discourse: Conceptual and Paradigmatic Explorations. Comparative Education Review, 32(4), 400-415.

 

Adams, G. R., Ryan, B. A., Ketsetzis, M., & Keating, L. (2000). Rule Compliance and Peer Sociability: A Study of Family Process, School-Focused Parent-Child Interactions, and Childrens Classroom-Behavior. Journal of Family Psychology, 14(2), 237-250.

 

Adams, L. T., & Worden, P. E. (1986). Script development and memory organization in preschool and elementary school children. Discourse Processes, 9(2), 149-166.

 

Adamson, R. (1990). Is There Such a Thing as Communicative Grammar?. Language Learning Journal, 2, 25-27.

 

Addison, J., & McGee, S. J. (Eds.). (1999). Feminist empirical research. Emerging perspectives on qualitative and teacher research. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook Publishers.

 

Adler, M., Rougle, E., Kaiser, E., & Caughlan, S. (2003). Closing the Gap Between Concept and Practice: Toward More Dialogic Discussion in the Language Arts Classroom. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 47(4), 312-322.

 

Adler-Kassner, L., Crooks, R., & Watters, A. (1997). Writing the community. Concepts and models for service-learning in composition. Washington, DC Urbana, IL: American Association for Higher Education Published in cooperation with the National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Ager, D. (1994). Discourse Variety: Whence, Why and Wherefore. In J. A. Coleman, & R. Crawshaw (Eds.), Discourse Variety in Contemporary French: Descriptive and Pedagogical Approaches. (pp. 35-54). London: Assn. for Fr. Lang. Studies with Centre for Information on Lang. Teaching & Research.

 

Agger, B. (1992). The discourse of domination. From the Frankfurt School to postmodernism. Evanston, Ill.: Northwestern University Press.

 

Aguiar, V. L. (1988). Le Recit et la didactique du francais. (The Narrative and Teaching of French). Cadernos de Estudos Linguisticos, 15, 1-16.

 

Aguiar, V. L. (1988). Pour la caracterisation des elements structuraux du recit. (Toward the Characterization of the Structural Elements of the Narrative). Cadernos de Estudos Linguisticos, 15, 49-67.

 

Aguilar, J. A., MacGillivray, L., & Walker, N. T. (2003). Latina educators and school discourse: Dealing with tension on the path to success.  Journal of Latinos and Education, 2(2), 89-100.

 

Aguirre, A. (19867 ). A commentary on bilingual teachers and bilingual students.  Educational Research Quarterly, 11(3), 5-9.

 

Ahern, T. C., Peck, K., & Laycock, M. (1992). The effects of teacher discourse in computer-mediated discussion.  Journal of Educational Computing Research, 8(3), 291-309.

 

Aho, L. E. F. (1986). The First Term: Communication and Satisfaction in College Student Roommate Relationships over Ten Weeks. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(1), 17-3.

 

Aid, F. M. (1976). Semantics in Spanish Language Curricula. Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics, 207-216.2

 

Ainsworth, N. (1984). The cultural shaping of oral discourse.  Theory Into Practice, 23(2), 132-137.

 

Airhihenbuwa, C. O. (1994). Health promotion and the discourse on culture: Implications for empowerment. Special Issue: Community empowerment, participatory education, and health: II. Health Education Quarterly, 21(3), 345-353.

 

Aitkin, M., & Zuzovsky, R. (1994). Multilevel Interaction Models and Their Use in the Analysis of Large-Scale School Effectiveness Studies. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 5(1), 45-73.

 

Akhtar, N., Carpenter, M., & Tomasello, M. (1996). The role of discourse novelty in early word learning. Child Development, 67(2), 635-645.

 

Al Jurf, R. S. (1987). An Ethnographic Study of Reading Comprehension Instruction in Efl Classrooms in Secondary Schools in Saudi Arabia. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(7), 2522-3.

 

Albanese, O., & Antoniotti, C. (1997). Teacher Dialogue Style and Childrens Story Comprehension. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 12(3), 249-259.

 

Alberto-Arevalo, G. (1986). Hacia un marco metodologico de la ensenanza de la lengua espanola. (Toward a Methodological Standard for Spanish Language Teaching). Glotta, 1(1), 6-9.

 

Alcorn, M. W. J. (1995). Changing the Subject of Postmodernist Theory: Discourse, Ideology, and Therapy in the Classroom. Rhetoric Review, 13(2), 331-349.

 

Alderman, G. L., & Gimpel, G. A. (1996). The Interaction Between Type of Behavior Problem and Type of Consultant: Teachers Preferences Fur Professional Assistance. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 7(4), 305-313.

 

Aldrich, F., Rogers, Y., & Scaife, M. (1998). Getting to Grips with Interactivity: Helping Teachers Assess the Educational Value of Cd-Roms. British Journal of Educational Technology, 29(4), 321-332.

 

Aleixandre, M. P. J. (1994). Teaching Evolution and Natural-Selection: A Look at Textbooks and Teachers. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 31(5), 519-535.

 

Aleixandre, M. P. J., & Rodriguez, R. L. (2001). Designing a field code: Environmental values in primary school.  Environmental Education Research, 7(1), 5-22.

 

Alemany, I. G., & Majos, T. M. (2000). Strategies to Regulate Content Development and Interactivity in the Classroom. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 15(2), 157-171.

 

Algozzine, R., Obiakor, F. E., & Boston, J. N. (Eds.). (1998). Publish and flourish. A guide for writing in education. Reston, Va.: Council for Exceptional Children.

 

Allan, E. J. (2003). Constructing Womens Status: Policy Discourses of University Womens Commission Reports. Harvard Educational Review, 73(1), 44-72.

 

Allard, L., & Ulatowska, H. K. (1991). Cohesion in Written Narrative and Procedural Discourse of Fifth-Grade Children. Linguistics and Education, 3(1), 63-79.

 

Allard, L. R. (1989). Analysis of Narrative and Procedural Discourse Written by Children. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 49(8), 2195-A-2196-A.

 

Allen, J., & Shockley, B. (1996). Composing a Research Dialogue: University and School Research Communities Encountering a Cultural Shift. Reading Research Quarterly, 31(2), 220-228.

 

Allison, A., & Frongia, T. (1992). The Grad student's guide to getting published. New York: Prentice Hall.

 

Allison, D. (1988). Authorial Intentions and Discourse Interpretation. Working Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching, 11, 1-15.

 

Allison, D. (1996). Pragmatist Discourse and English for Academic Purposes. English for Specific Purposes, 15(2), 85-103.

 

Allwright, R. L. (1984). The Importance of Interaction in Classroom Language Learning. Applied Linguistics, 5, 156-171.

 

Alonso, D. L., & Norman, K. L. (1996). Forms of Control and Interaction as Determinants of Lecture Effectiveness in the Electronic Classroom. Computers & Education, 27(3-4), 205-214.

 

Altermatt, E. R., Pomerantz, E. M., Ruble, D. N., Frey, K. S., & Greulich, F. K. (2002). Predicting changes in children's self-perceptions of academic competence: A naturalistic examination of evaluative discourse among classmates.  Developmental Psychology, 38(6), 903-917.

 

Altman, R. (1990). Toward a New Video Pedagogy: The Role of Schema Theory and Disourse Analysis. IALL Journal of Language Learning Technologies, 23(1), 9-16.

 

Alton Lee, A., Diggins, C., Klenner, L., Vine, E., & Dalton, N. (2001). Teacher management of the learning environment during a social studies discussion in a new-entrant classroom in New Zealand.  Elementary School Journal, 101(5), 549-566.

 

Alvarado, C. A. S. (1991). Discourse Styles and Interactive Tasks in the Classroom Acquisition of English as a Second Language. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 52(3), 825-3

 

Alvarado, C. S. (1992). Discourse Styles and Patterns of Participation on ESL Interactive Tasks. TESOL Quarterly, 26(3), 589-593.

 

Alvarez, G. (1982). Analyse du discours et pedagogie des documents authentiques. (Discourse Analysis and Pedagogy of Authentic Documents). Bulletin de l'ACLA / Bulletin of the CAAL, 4(2), 99-113.

 

Alvarez, L. P. (1987). Home and School Contexts for Language Learning: A Case Study of Two Mexican-American Bilingual Preschoolers. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(9), 3339-9.

 

Alvermann, D. E., Commeyras, M., Young, J. P., Randall, S., & Hinson, D. (1997). Interrupting Gendered Discursive Practices in Classroom Talk About Texts: Easy to Think About, Difficult to Do. Journal of Literacy Research, 29(1), 73-104.

 

Alvermann, D. E., Young, J. P., Weaver, D., Hinchman, K. A., Moore, D. W., Phelps, S. F., Thrash, E. C., & Zalewski, P. (1996). Middle and High-School-Students Perceptions of How They Experience Text-Based Discussions: A Multicase Study. Reading Research Quarterly, 31(3), 244-267.

 

Alybina, T. A., & Levitskii, I. U. A. (1979). Tekst v protsesse prepodavaniia inostrannogo iazyka: Mezhvuzovskii sbornik nauchnykh trudov. Perm': Permskii gos. universitet im. A.M. Gor'kogo.

 

Anckaert, P. (1989). Linguistic Prediction in Economic Discourse and L2 Reading Methodology. Universite Libre de Bruxelles Rapport d'Activites de l'Institut de Phonetique, 23-24, 93-110.

 

Anderson, G. L. (2001). Promoting Educational Equity in a Period of Growing Social Inequity: The Silent Contradictions of Texas Reform Discourse. Education and Urban Society, 33(3), 320-332.

 

Anderson, G. L., & Grinberg, J. (1998). Educational-Administration as a Disciplinary Practice: Appropriating Foucault View of Power, Discourse, and Method. Educational Administration Quarterly, 34(3), 329-353.

 

Anderson, R. C., Chinn, C., Chang, J., Waggoner, M., & et al.  (1997). On the logical integrity of children's arguments. Cognition & Instruction, 15(2), 135-167.

 

Anderson, R. C., & Myrow, D. L. (1971). Retroactive inhibition of meaningful discourse.  Journal of Educational Psychology,rnal of Educational Psychology. 1971 Feb; Vol. 62(1), 81-94.

 

Anderson, R. C., Reynolds, R. E., Schallert, D. L., & Goetz, E. T. (1977). Frameworks for comprehending discourse.  American Educational Research Journal, 14(4), 367-381.

 

Anderson, R. C., Spiro, R. J., & Anderson, M. C. (1978). Schemata as scaffolding for the representation of information in connected discourse. American Educational Research Journal, 15(3), 433-440.

 

Anderson, S. H. (1988). The Discourse Performance of Native Indian Students: A Case Study with Implications for Academic Instruction. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 49(5), 1078-3.

 

Anderson, T., Howe, C., Soden, R., Halliday, J., & Low, J. (2001). Peer Interaction and the Learning of Critical Thinking Skills in Further Education Students. Instructional Science, 29(1), 1-32.

 

Anderson, W. T. (1986). The apostolic function of the dentist. In S. Fisher and A. Todd (Eds.) Discourse and institutional authority: Medicine, education, and law (pp. 78-90). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

 

Anderson-Mejias, P. L. (1986). English for Academic Listening: Teaching the Skills Associated with Listening to Extended Discourse. Foreign Language Annals, 19(5), 391-398.

 

Andrews, E. (1988). Conversation. Journal of the British Association of the Teachers of the Deaf, 12(2), 29-32.

 

Andrews, E. A., Gosse, V. F., Gaulton, R. S., & Maddigan, R. I. (1999). Teaching Introductory Psychology at a Distance by 2-Way Interactive Video. Teaching of Psychology, 26(2), 115-118.

 

Angst, L. I. (2001). The Sacrifice of a Schoolgirl: The 1995 Rape Case, Discourses of Power, and Womens Lives in Okinawa. Critical Asian Studies, 33(2), 243-266.

 

Anning, A. (2002). Conversations Around Young Childrens Drawing: The Impact of the Beliefs of Significant Others to Home and School. Journal of art & Design Education, 21(3), 197-208.

 

Anson, C. M. (Ed.). (2002). The WAC casebook. Scenes for faculty reflection and program development. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Anson, C. M., Schwiebert, J. E., & Williamson, M. M. (1993). Writing across the curriculum. An annotated bibliography. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press.

 

Anson, C. M., & Wilcox, L. E. (1992). A field guide to writing. New York, NY: HarperCollins.

 

Anton, M. (1999). The discourse of a learner-centered classroom: Sociocultural perspectives on teacher-learner interaction in the second-language classroom.  Modern Language Journal, 83(3), 303-318.

 

Anton, M., & Dicamilla, F. (1998). Sociocognitive Functions of L1 Collaborative Interaction in the L2 Classroom. Canadian Modern Language Review-Revue Canadienne des Langues Vivantes, 54(3), 314-342.

 

Apfelbaum, B. (1993). Erzählen im Tandem: Sprachlernaktivitäten und die Konstruktion eines Diskursmusters in der Fremdsprache : Zielsprachen, Französisch und Deutsch. Tübingen: Narr.

 

Apker, J., & Eggly, S. (2004). Communicating Professional Identity in Medical Socialization: Considering the Ideological Discourse of Morning Report.  Qualitative Health Research, 14 (3), 411-429.

 

Appelbaum, P. M. (1995). Popular culture, educational discourse, and mathematics. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Apple, M. W. (1989). Regulating the Text: The Socio-Historical Roots of State Control. Educational Policy, 3(2), 107-123.

 

Apple, M. W. (1994). Texts and Contexts: The State and Gender in Educational-Policy. Curriculum Inquiry, 24(3), 349-359.

 

          Apple, M. W., & Christian-Smith, L. K. (Eds.). (1991). The Politics of the textbook. London: Routledge.

 

Appleton, M., & Reddy, V. (1996). Teaching 3 Year-Olds to Pass False Belief Tests: A Conversational Approach. Social Development, 5(3), 275-291.

 

Archer, L., & Hutchings, M. (2000). Bettering Yourself: Discourses of Risk, Cost and Benefit in Ethnically Diverse, Young Working-Class Non-Participants Constructions of Higher-Education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 21(4), 555-574.

 

Archibald, A. N. (1994). The acquisition of discourse proficiency. A study of the ability of German school students to produce written texts in English as a foreign language. New York: Lang.

 

Arden-Close, C. M. (1991). The Language of Chemistry Lectures to Non-Native Speakers of English (Volumes I and Ii). Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 52(2), 489-1

 

Ardilarey, A., & Killen, M. (2001). Middle-Class Colombian Childrens Evaluations of Personal, Moral, and Social-Conventional Interactions in the Classroom. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 25(3), 246-255.

 

Ardis, A. (1992). Presence of Mind, Presence of Body: Embodying Positionality in the Classroom. Hypatia, 7(2), 167-176.

 

Ares, N. M., & Peercy, M. M. (2003). Constructing Literacy: How Goals, Activity Systems, and Text Shape Classroom Practice. Journal of Literacy Research, 35(1), 633-662.

 

Armstrong, C. (1996). Deborah Tannen Comes to Class: Implications of Gender and Conversation in the Classroom. English Journal, 85(2), 15-16.

 

Armstrong, D. C. (1994). A Gifted Childs Education Requires Real Dialog: The Use of Interactive Writing for Collaborative Education. Gifted Child Quarterly, 38(3), 136-145.

 

Armstrong, K. M., & Yettervassot, C. (1995). A Touch of... Class: Creating Interaction with the Video Camera in the Foreign-Language Classroom. Canadian Modern Language Review-Revue Canadienne des Langues Vivantes, 51(2), 357-362.

 

Arnot, M. (2002). The complex gendering of invisible pedagogies: Social reproduction or empowerment?  British Journal of Sociology of Education, 23(4), 583-593.

 

Arthur, J. (2003). 'Baro Afkaaga Hooyo!' A Case Study of Somali Literacy Teaching in Liverpool.  International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 6 (3-4), 253-266.

 

Artiles, A. J. (1998). The dilemma of difference: Enriching the disproportionality discourse with theory and context. Journal of Special Education, 32(1), 32-36.

 

Arvaja, M., Hakkinen, P., Etelapelto, A., & Raskuputtonen, H. (2000). Collaborative Processes During Report Writing of a Science Learning Project: The Nature of Discourse as a Function of Task Requirements. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 15(4), 455-466.

 

Ashworth, P., & Milne, D. (1996). Learning from the Master: An Instrument for Measuring Interactions in Teaching Psychology. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 3(2), 103-108.

 

Aspin, D. N. (Ed.). (1997). Logical empiricism and post b- sempiricism in educational discourse. Johannesburg: Heinemann

 

Atkinson, E. (2002). Education for diversity in a multisexual society: Negotiating the contradictions of contemporary discourse

 

Atkinson, P. (Ed.). (1995). Discourse and reproduction essays in honor of Basil Bernstein. Cresskill, N.J.: Hampton Press.

 

Atkinson, P., Davies, B., & Delamont, S. (Eds.). (1995). Discourse and reproduction. Essays in honor of Basil Bernstein. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

 

Atwan, R., & Vesterman, W. (1987). Effective writing for the college curriculum. New York: McGraw-Hill.

 

Audet, R. H., Hickman, P., & Dobrynina, G. (1996). Learning logs: A classroom practice for enhancing scientific sense making.  Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 33(2), 205-222.

 

Aulls, M. W. (1998). Contributions of classroom discourse to what content students learn during curriculum enactment.  Journal of Educational Psychology, 90(1), 56-69.

 

Aulls, M. W. (2002). The Contributions of Cooccurring Forms of Classroom Discourse and Academic Activities to Curriculum Events and Instruction. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94(3), 520-538.

 

Austin, R. (1997). Computer Conferencing: Discourse, Education and Conflict Mediation. Computers & Education, 29(4), 153-161.

 

Aveling, N. (2002). Having It All and the Discourse of Equal-Opportunity: Reflections on Choices and Changing Perceptions. Gender and Education, 14(3), 265-280.

 

Avent, J. R., & Austermann, S. (2003). Reciprocal scaffolding: A context for communication treatment in aphasia.  Aphasiology, 17(4), 397-404.

 

Ayoub, M., & Barnett, S. (1961). Ritualized verbal insult in white high school culture. Journal of American Folklore, 78, 337-344.

 

Backman, J. (1978). Reading comprehension and perceived comprehensibility of lexical density at discourse and sentence level. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 22(1), 1-9.

 

Backus, A. (1996). Mixed Discourse as a Reflection of Bilingual Proficiency. In Hickey, Tina, & Williams, Jenny (Eds.), Language, Education and Society in a Changing World. (pp. 127-135). Clevedon, England: Multilingual Matters Ltd.

 

Bacon, S. M. (1995). Coming to Grips with the Culture: Another Use of Dialogue Journals in Teacher-Education. Foreign Language Annals, 28(2), 193-207.

 

Badzinski, D. M. (1991). Children's cognitive representations of discourse: Effects of vocal cues on text comprehension. Communication Research, 18(6), 715-736.

 

Bailey, B. H. (2002). Language, race, and negotiation of identity. A study of Dominican Americans. New York: LFB Scholarly Pub.

 

Bailey, D. (1993). Gender and educational guidance: Questions of feminist practice.  British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 21(2), 161-174.

 

Bailey, F., Hawkins, M., Irujo, S., Larsenfreeman, D., Rintell, E., & Willett, J. (1998). Language Teacher Educators Collaborative Conversations. Tesol Quarterly, 32(3), 536-546.

 

Bailey, R. W. (Ed.). (1981). Tagmemics, discourse, and verbal art. Ann Arbor: Michigan Studies in the Humanities, Horace H. Rackham School of Graduate Studies.

 

Baker, C. D.  (1997). Ethnomethodological Studies of Talk in Educational Settings.  In: B. Davies, D. Corson (Eds.), Oral Discourse and Education. Volume 3, Encylopedia of Language and Education.  (pp. 43-52). Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic.

 

Baker, C. D., & Freebody, P. (1988). Talk around text: Constructions of textual and teacher authority in classroom discourse. In S. DeCastell, A. Luke and C. Luke (Eds.) Language, authority and criticism: Readings on the school textbook (pp. 263-283). London, UK: Falmer Press.

 

Baker, E. A., Connell, K. J., Bordage, G., & Sinacore, J. (1999). Can diagnostic semantic competence be assessed from the medical record?  Academic Medicine, 74(Suppl 10), S13-S15.

 

Baker, J. A. (1999). Teacher-Student Interaction in Urban at-Risk Classrooms: Differential Behavior, Relationship Quality, and Student Satisfaction with School. Elementary School Journal, 100(1), 57-70.

 

Baker, S. (1996). Jesse Olney Innovative Geography Text of 1828 for Common Schools. Journal of Geography, 95(1), 32-38.

 

Bakken, J. P., & Whedon, C. K. (2002). Teaching Text Structure to Improve Reading-Comprehension. Intervention in School and Clinic, 37(4), 229-233.

 

Bakunas, B. (1996). Promoting idea production by novice writers through the use of discourse-related prompts.  Applied Psycholinguistics, 17(4), 385-400.

 

Balester, V. M. (1991). Hyperfluency and the Growth of Linguistic Resources. Language and Education, 5(2), 81-94.

 

Balfour, R. (2003). Between the Lines: Gender in the Reception of Texts by Schoolchildren in Rural Kwazulu-Natal, South-Africa. Gender and Education, 15(2), 183-199.

 

Ball, A. F. (1995). Text Design Patterns in the Writing of Urban African-American Students: Teaching to the Cultural Strengths of Students in Multicultural Settings. Urban Education, 30(3), 253-289.

 

Balla, J., & Pennington, M. C. (1995). Bilingualism in Microcosm: The Evolution of Occupation-Related Discourse Communities in Hong Kong Tertiary Education. Perspectives, 7(1), 57-86.

 

Baltaxe, C. A. M., Russell, A., D'Angiola, N., & Simmons, J. Q. (1995). Discourse cohesion in the verbal interactions of individuals diagnosed with autistic disorder or schizotypal personality disorder. Australia and New Zealand Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 20(2), 79-96.

 

Bangertdrowns, R. L., & Pyke, C. (2001). A Taxonomy of Student Engagement with Educational Software: An Exploration of Literate Thinking with Electronic Text. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 24(3), 213-234.

 

Baran, A., & Van Houten, L. (1988). Lessons Taught and Lessons Learned: A Story of Differential Teacher Adaptations of Lessons for High- and Low-Ranked Hearing Impaired Students. Discourse Processes, 11(2), 117-138.

 

Barbieri, M. S., Colavita, F., & Scheuer, N. (1989). Explanations: A Pragmatic Basis for Early Child Competence. IPrA Papers in Pragmatics, 3(1), 130-155.

 

Barbisan, L., Caminha, H. M., & Teixeira, T. M. (1988). Refutacao e escola: da recepcao argumentativa a producao refutativa. (Refutation in School: From Argumentative Reception to Refutational Production). Letras de Hoje, 23, 4(74), 117-125.

 

Barnard, C. (2001). Isolating Knowledge of the Unpleasant: The Rape of Nanking in Japanese High-School Textbooks. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 22(4), 519-530.

 

Barnard, R. (2002). Peer Tutoring in the Primary Classroom: A Sociocultural Interpretation of Classroom Interaction. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 37(1), 57-72.

 

Barnes, B. K. (1990). Apports de l'analyse du discours a l'enseignement de la langue. (Contributions of Discourse Analysis to Language Teaching). French Review, 64(1), 95-107.

 

Barrere, A. (1997). Academic Work in Secondary-Schools: From the Establishments Discourse to Students Experience. Sociologie du Travail, 39(1), 19-38.

 

Barrett, A. (1994). Our Language, Ourselves. Journal of Medical Humanities, 15(1), 31-49.

 

Barretto, S. F. A., Piazzalunga, R., Ribeiro, V. G., Dalla, M. B. C., & Leon, R. M. (2003). Combining Interactivity and Improved Layout While Creating Educational Software for the Web. Computers & Education, 40(3), 271-284.

 

Barry, W. J. (1986). Where Are Intonation Studies Taking Us? Should Language Teachers Follow?. Neueren Sprachen, 85, 5-6, 497-508.

 

Bartolomé, L. I. (1998). The misteaching of academic discourses: The politics of language in the classroom. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

 

Barton, A. C., & Osborne, M. D. (Eds.). (2001). Teaching science in diverse settings. Marginalized discourses and classroom practice. New York: P. Lang.

 

Barton, E. (1993). Discourses  of Technology. In S. Hilligoss & C. Selfe (Eds.), Computers and Literacy: The Complications of Writing and Teaching with Technology. NY: MLA.

 

Basham, C. S., & Rounds, P. L. (1986). A Discourse Analysis Approach to Summary Writing. PALM, 1(2), 88-104.

 

Batchelder, S. (1992). Diversity and writing. Dialogue within a modern university : proceedings, first annual conference, April 1990. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota.

 

Batte, M. T., Forster, D. L., & Larson, D. W. (2003). An Assessment of Student Acceptance and Performance in Distance Education with 2-Way Interactive Compressed Video. Review of Agricultural Economics, 25(2), 524-539.

 

Bauer, H. (1995). From the Babylonian Confusion of Languages to International Discourse: Plea for a Concept of Multicultural English Instruction; Von der babylonischen Sprachenverwirrung zum internationalen Diskurs. Pladoyer fur ein Konzept des multikulturellen Englischunterricchts. Praxis des neusprachlichen Unterrichts, 42(3), 227-232.

 

Baum, J. (1983). Computers in the English class, with particular attention to the City University of New York. New York, N.Y. (535 E. 80th St., New York 10021): Instructional Resource Center, Office of Academic Affairs, City University of New York.

 

Baumgartner, E., Devescovi, A., & Barbieri, M. S. (1992). Peer Interaction: Which Unit of Analysis?. Verbum, 15, 1-2, 87-102.

 

Baxter, J. (2002). Competing discourses in the classroom: A Post-structuralist Discourse Analysis of girls' and boys' speech in public contexts.  Discourse and Society, 13 (6), 827-842.

 

Baxter, J. (2002). Competing Discourses in the Classroom: A Poststructuralist Discourse Analysis of Girls and Boys Speech in Public Contexts. Discourse & Society, 13(6), 827-842.

 

Baxter, J., Woodward, J., Voorhies, J., & Wong, J. (2002). We talk about it, but do they get it?  Learning Disabilities Research and Practice, 17(3), 173-185.

 

Bazerman, C. (1985). The informed writer. Using sources in the disciplines. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co.

 

Bazerman, C. (1989). The Informed reader. Contemporary issues in the disciplines. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

 

Beacco, J. C. (1991). Types ou genres? Categorisations des textes et didactique de la comprehension et de la production ecrites. (Types or Genres? Categorizations of Texts and the Didactics of Written Production and Comprehension). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 83, 19-28.

 

Beach, R., Appleman, D., & Dorsey, S. (1990). Adolescents' use of intertextual links to understand literature. In Richard Beach, & Susan Hynds (Eds.), Developing discourse practices in adolescence and adulthood. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 39. (pp. 224-245). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Bean, J. C., & Ramage, J. D. (1986). Form and surprise in composition. Writing and thinking across the curriculum. New York: Macmillan.

 

Bean, M. S. (1991). Getting Heard: Perseveration in the Speech of a Young Latino Learner. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 52(6), 2125-1.

 

Bean, M. S. (1997). Talking with Benny: Suppressing or supporting learner themes and learner worlds?  Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 28(1), 50-69.

 

Bean, R. M., Zigmond, N., & Hartman, D. K. (1994). Adapted Use of Social-Studies Textbooks in Elementary Classrooms: Views of Classroom Teachers. Remedial and Special Education, 15(4), 216-226.

 

Beasley-Murray, G. R. (1993). Jesus and the last days. The interpretation of the Olivet discourse. Hendrickson Pubs.

 

Beaumont-James, C. (1996). Analysis of Teacher Discourse in French as a Foreign Language Preschools; Analyse de discours d'enseignants de FLE en classe maternelle. Revue quebecoise de linguistique, 24(2), 17-37.

 

Beauvois, M. (1998). Conversations in Slow Motion: Computer-Mediated Communication in the Foreign-Language Classroom. Canadian Modern Language Review-Revue Canadienne des Langues Vivantes, 54(2), 198-217.

 

Becher, T. (1987). Disciplinary Discourse. Studies in Higher Education, 12(3), 261-274.

 

Beck, I. L., McKeown, M. G., Sandora, C., Kucan, L., & Worthy, J. (1996). Questioning the Author: A Yearlong Classroom Implementation to Engage Students with Text. Elementary School Journal, 96(4), 385-414.

 

Beck, R. (1993). Argumentative Structures and Their Presentation in German as a Second Language Instruction; Argumentative Strukturen und ihre Vermittlung im DaF-Unterricht. Beitrage zur Fremdsprachenvermittlung aus dem Konstanzer SLI, 25, 80-94.

 

Becker, J. A. (1988). "I Can't Talk, I'm Dead": Preschoolers' Spontaneous Metapragmatic Comments. Discourse Processes, 11(4), 457-467.

 

Becker, J. A. (1994). Pragmatic Socialization: Parental Input to Preschoolers. Discourse Processes: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 17(1), 131-48.

 

Becker, J. A., Place, K. S., Tenzer, S. A., & Frueh, B. C. (1991). Teachers' Impressions of Children Varying in Pragmatic Skills. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 12(4), 397-412.

 

Becker, J. A., & Smenner, P. C. (1986). The Spontaneous Use of Thank You by Preschoolers as a Function of Sex, Socioeconomic Status, and Listener Status. Language in Society, 15(4), 537-546.

 

Becker, M. L. (1988). Psicologia Escolar Discurso x Pratica. / School psychology: Discourse and practice.  PSICO, 16(2), 74-79.

 

Becker, N. (1986). Die grammatisch-logischen Beziehungen als didaktischer Ansatz fur den fachsprachlichen Unterricht. (The Grammatical-Logical Relationship as a Didactic Subject in Foreign-Language Instruction). Special Language Fachsprache, 8, 3-4, 123-140.

 

Beebe, M. J., Bulcock, J. W., Fagan, W. T., & Malicky, G. V. (1986). Discourse processing strategies and reading. Canadian Journal of Education, 11(4), 424-444.

 

Beedles, B., & Petracca, M. (2001). Academic communities/disciplinary conventions. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall.

 

Beeman, M., Chowdhry, G., & Todd, K. (2000). Educating Students About Affirmative-Action: An Analysts of University Sociology Texts. Teaching Sociology, 28(2), 98-115.

 

Beetz, S. (1998). The Discourse on Coeducation Between Programmatics and Experience-Based Knowledge. Zeitschrift fur Padagogik, 44(2), 253-262.

 

Belasco, S. (2001). Constructing literacies. A Harcourt reader for college writers. Fort Worth: Harcourt College Publishers.

 

Bellman, K. A. (1990). Language and Rhetoric in Brown v. Board of Education. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 51(6), 2003-3.

 

Belz, J. A., & Kinginger, C. (2003). Discourse Options and the Development of Pragmatic Competence by Classroom Learners of German: The Case of Address Forms.  Language Learning, 53 (4), 591-647.

 

Benadava, S. (1984). La Civilisation dans la communication. (Civilization in Communication). Francais dans le Monde, 23, 184, 79-86.

 

Benitez, M. L. D. (2003). Text Remembering as a Social-Process: The Role of Teacher-Student Interaction in the Acquisition of Structure Strategy. Learning and Instruction, 13(1), 93-115.

 

Benjaminson, P. (1992). Publish without perishing. A practical handbook for academic authors. Washington, D.C.: NEA Professional Library.

 

Benoit, P. J. (1993). The Use of Argument by Preschool Children: The Emergent Production of Rules for Winning Arguments. Journal of Pragmatics, 19(4), 325-352.

 

Benson, M. S. (1990). Narration in Pretend Play and Storytelling: An Analysis of Two Modes of Event Representation. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 51(6), 1901-3.

 

Bensoussan, M. (1990). Efl Reading as Seen through Translation and Discourse Analysis: Narrative vs. Expository Texts. English for Specific Purposes, 9(1), 49-66.

 

Benton, M. (2000). Canons Ancient and Modern: The Texts We Teach. Educational Review, 52(3), 269-277.

 

Benton, S. L., Corkill, A. J., Sharp, J. M., Downey, R. G., & et al.  (1995). Knowledge, interest, and narrative writing. Journal of Educational Psychology, 87(1), 66-79.

 

Benton, S. L., & Kiewra, K. A. (1986). Measuring the Organizational Aspects of Writing Ability. Journal of Educational Measurement, 23(4), 377-386.

 

Berducci, D. (1991). Gender Distribution of Negative Judgements. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 7(1), 15-38.

 

Bereiter, C. (1994). Implications of Postmodernism for Science, or, Science as Progressive Discourse. Educational Psychologist, 29(1), 3-12.

 

Bergeron, B. S. (1993). Power and classroom discourse: A comparative study of rug-time in whole language and traditional classrooms.  Journal of Classroom Interaction, 28(2), 1-6.

 

Bergvall, V. L., & Remlinger, K. A. (1996). Reproduction, resistance and gender in educational discourse: the role of Critical Discourse Analysis. Discourse & Society 7(4), 453-479.

 

Bergvall, V. L., & Remlinger, K. A. (1996). Reproduction, Resistance and Gender in Educational Discourse: The Role of Critical Discourse Analysis. Discourse & Society, 7(4), 453-479.

 

Berkenkotter, C. (2002). Response(s) to William Grabe's "Narrative and expository macro-genres"  In: Johns, Ann M. (Ed.), Genre in the classroom:  Multiple perspectives. (pp. 285-288). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Berman, H. B. (1990). The Speech Event Argument in Male Hispanic Elementary School Esl Learners in a New York Community. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 50(9), 2813-1.

 

Berman, R. A. (1988). On the Ability to Relate Events in Narrative. Discourse Processes, 11(4), 469-497.

 

Berndt, L., Dickerson, V. C., & Zimmerman, J. L. (1997). Tales told out of school. In: Smith, Craig, &  Nylund, David (Eds.), Narrative therapies with children and adolescents. (pp. 423-454). New York, NY, USA: The Guilford Press.

 

Bernicot, J., Comeau, J., & Feider, H. (1994). Dialogues between French-speaking mothers and daughters in two cultures: France and Quebec. Discourse Processes, 18(1), 19-34.

 

Bernnard, D. F., & Hollingsworth, Y. (1999). Teaching Web-Based Full-Text Databases: New Concepts from New Technol. Reference & User Services Quarterly, 39(1), 63-70.

 

Bernstein, B. B. (1990). The structuring of pedagogic discourse. London New York: Routledge.

 

Bernstein, B. B., Atkinson, P., Davies, B., & Delamont, S. (Eds.). (1995). Discourse and reproduction. Essays in honor of Basil Bernstein. Cresskill, N.J.: Hampton Press.

 

Berntsen, D., & Larsen, S. F. (1996). Personal and nonpersonal narrativity in reading. In Roger J. Kreuz, & Mary Sue MacNealy (Eds.), Empirical approaches to literature and aesthetics. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 52. (pp. 615-631). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Beroggi, G. E. G. (1999). The Teachers Forum: Visual Interactive Decision Modeling (Videmo) for Problem-Solving: A Hypermedia Concept in Education. Interfaces, 29(5), 82-94.

 

Bertagne, P., Pedinielli, J. L., & Mille, C. (1987). Discours medical et sens de la maladie. / Medical discourse and meaning of illness.  Psychologie Medicale, 19(7), 1069-1071.

 

Bertone, S., Meard, J., Euzet, J. P., Ria, L., & Durand, M. (2003). Intrapsychic Conflict Experienced by a Preservice Teacher During Classroom Interactions: A Case-Study in Physical-Education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 19(1), 113-125.

 

Betancourt-Arango, A. (1990). La textolinguistica: un enfoque para la ensenanza del espanol. (Text Linguistics: A Focus for Spanish Instruction). Linguistica y Literatura, 11, 18, 9-19.

 

Beyer, C. E., Ogletree, R. J., Ritzel, D. O., Drolet, J. C., Gilbert, S. L., & Brown, D. (1996). Gender Representation in Illustrations, Text, and Topic Areas in Sexuality Education Curricula. Journal of School Health, 66(10), 361-364.

 

Bhatia, V. K. (2002). Applied genre analysis: Analytical advances and pedagogical procedures.  In: Johns, Ann M. (Ed.), Genre in the classroom:  Multiple perspectives. (pp. 279-283). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Bhola, H. S. (1999). Equivalent Curriculum Construction as Situated Discourse: A Case in the Context of Adult-Education in Namibia. Curriculum Inquiry, 29(4), 459-484.

 

Bianchi, G., & Visnovský, E. (1997). Discourse, intellectuals, social communication. Bratislava: Veda.

 

Biber, J. K., Doverspike, D., Baznik, D., Cober, A., & Ritter, B. A. (2002). Sexual harassment in online communications: Effects of gender and discourse medium.  CyberPsychology and Behavior, 5(1), 33-42.

 

Bicanic, S. (1976). An Analysis of Croatian Classroom Discourse Especially the Acts of Accept and Evaluate. Studia Romanica et Anglica Zagrabiensia, 41-42, 105-127.

 

Bickerton, D. (1975). Two Levels of Logical Presupposition. Papers from the Regional Meetings, Chicago Linguistic Society, 11, 48-59.

 

Biddle, K. R., McCabe, A., & Bliss, L. S. (1996). Narrative skills following traumatic brain injury in children and adults. Journal of Communication Disorders, 29(6), 446-469.

 

Bigeault, J. P. (1982). A propos des textes officiels sur "la pedagogie de soutien": L'ecole et son discours. / Concerning official texts on "the pedagogy of support": The school and its discourse.  Connexions,nexions. 1982; No 37, 57-80.

 

Biklen, D., & Cardinal, D. N. (1997). Reframing the issue: Presuming competence. In: Biklen, Douglas, &  Cardinal, Donald N. (Eds.), Contested words, contested science: Unraveling the facilitated communication controversy. (pp. 187-198). New York, NY, USA: Teachers College Press.

 

Bikmay, T. (1987). An Analysis of Different Types of Interaction in ESL Classroom Discourse. Iral-International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 25(4), 336-353.

 

Bill, V. L., Leer, M. N., Reams, L. E., Resnick, L. B., & Pontecorvo, C. (1992). From Cupcakes to Equations: The Structure of Discourse in a Primary Mathematics Classroom. Verbum, 15, 1-2, 63-85.

 

Billington, T. (1995). Discourse analysis: Acknowledging interpretation in everyday practice.  AEP Association of Educational Psychologists Journal, 11(3), 36-45.

 

Billmyer, K. (1988). The Role of Patients' Questions in the Medical Interview. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 4(1), 1-20.

 

Bin, L. (1994). Speech at the Conference for the Inspection and Examination of the Curriculum and the Textbooks for Mandatory Education. Chinese Education and Society, 27(2), 6-26.

 

Biq, Y. (1984). Indirect Speech Acts in Chinese Polite Expressions. Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association, 19(3), 1-10.

 

Birden, S., Gaither, L. L., & Laird, S. (2000). The Struggle over the Text: Compulsory Heterosexuality and Educational-Policy. Educational Policy, 14(5), 638-663.

 

Biria, R., & Tahririan, M. H. (1997). Communicative conventions in discussion discourse.  International Journal of Psycholinguistics, 13(3)

 

Bishai, D. (1996). Quality Time: How Parents Schooling Affects Child Health Through Its Interaction with Child-Care Time in Bangladesh. Health Economics, 5(5), 383-407.

 

Bishop, M. P., Shroder, J. F., & Moore, T. K. (1995). Integration of Computer-Technology and Interactive Learning in Geographic Education. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 19(1), 97-110.

 

Bishop, W., & Ostrom, H. A. (Eds.). (1997). Genre and writing. Issues, arguments, alternatives. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook-Heinemann.

 

Björk, L. A. (Ed.). (2003). Teaching academic writing in European higher education. Dordrecht Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

 

Blackledge, A. (2003). Imagining a monocultural community: Racialization of cultural practice in educational discourse.  Journal of Language, Identity, and Education, 2 (4), 331-347.

 

Blair, K., & Takayoshi, P. (Eds.). (1999). Feminist cyberscapes. Mapping gendered academic spaces. Stamford, Conn.: Ablex Pub.

 

Blake, B. E. (1998). Critical Reader-Response in an Urban Classroom: Creating Cultural Texts to Engage Diverse Readers. Theory Into Practice, 37(3), 238-243.

 

Blamont, G. (1978). Analyse du discours: La Preface de manuel, pour quoi faire? (Discourse Analysis: What Is the Use of Textbook Introductions?). Bulletin pedagogique, 55, 32, 67-84.

 

Blanchet, G., & Blanchet, A. (1994). Interactional effects of the environment on interviews.  European Journal of Psychology of Education, 9(1), 41-53.

 

Blank, M. (2002). Classroom discourse: A key to literacy. In: Bulter, Katharine G., & Silliman, Elaine R. (Eds.), Speaking, reading, and writing in children with language learning disabilities:New paradigms in research and practice. (pp. 151-173). Mahwah, NJ, US: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Blank, M., & Marquis, M. A. (1987). Directing discourse 80 situations for teaching meaningful conversation to children. Tucson, Ariz.: Communication Skill Builders.

 

Blanton, L. L. (2002). Seeing the Invisible: Situating L2 Literacy Acquisition in Child-Teacher Interaction. Journal of Second Language Writing, 11(4), 295-310.

 

Blanton, M. L. (2002). Using an undergraduate geometry course to challenge pre-service teachers' notions of discourse.  Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 5(2), 117-152.

 

Blanton, M. L., Berenson, S. B., & Norwood, K. S. (2001). Using Classroom Discourse to Understand a Prospective Mathematics Teachers Developing Practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(2), 227-242.

 

Blas, A. (1995). The Analysis of Cultural Discourse and Texts; Analyse du discours et textes culturels. Revue de Phonetique Appliquee, 115-117, 131-138.

 

Bleakley, A. (2003). 'Good' and 'Poor' communication in an OSCE: Education or training?  Medical Education, 37 (3), 186-187.

 

Bleicher, R. (1994). High-School-Students Presenting Science: An Interactional Sociolinguistic Analysis. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 31(7), 697-719.

 

Bliss, L. S., McCabe, A., & Miranda, A. E. (1998). Narrative Assessment Profile: Discourse Analysis for School-Age-Children. Journal of Communication Disorders, 31(4), 347-363.

 

Bloch, J. (2002). Student/Teacher Interaction via Email: The Social-Context of Internet Discourse. Journal of Second Language Writing, 11(2), 117-134.

 

Block, K. K. (1996). The Case Method in Modern Educational-Psychology Texts. Teaching and Teacher Education, 12(5), 483-500.

 

Blondel, E. (1994). Variete de la reference dans la description en histoire de l'art. In J. A. Coleman, & R. Crawshaw (Eds.), Discourse Variety in Contemporary French: Descriptive and Pedagogical Approaches. (pp. 143-59). London: Assn. for Fr. Lang. Studies with Centre for Information on Lang. Teaching & Research.

 

Blondel, E. (1996). Paraphrase in Instructional Discourse at Level Three; La Paraphrase dans le discours d'enseignement au niveau 3. Francais dans le Monde, 36, J94-100.

 

Bloom, L. Z., & White, E. M. (Eds.). (1993). Inquiry. A cross-curricular reader. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

 

Bloom, L. Z., White, E. M., & Borrowman, S. (Eds.). (2004). Inquiry. Questioning, reading, writing. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson.

 

Bloome, D. (2004). Discourse analysis and the study of classroom language and literacy events. A microethnographic perspective. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Blum Kulka, S. (1997). Dinner talk:  Cultural patterns of sociability and socialization in family discourse.  

 

Bobkoff, K., & Panagos, J. M. (1986). The "Point" of Language Intervention Lessons. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 2(1), 50-62.

 

Bock, J. K., & Brewer, W. F. (1985). Discourse structure and mental models. New Directions for Child Development, Directions for Child Development. 1985 Mar; No 27, 55-75.

 

Bodine, A. (2003). School Uniforms and Discourses on Childhood. Childhood-A Global Journal of Child Research, 10(1), 43-63.

 

Bodine, A. (2003). School uniforms and discourses on childhood. Childhood: A Global Journal of Child Research, 10(1), 43-63.

 

Bodzin, A. M., & Park, J. C. (2000). Dialogue patterns of preservice science teachers using asynchronous computer-mediated communications on the World Wide Web.  Journal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, 19(2), 161-194.

 

Boesken, G., & Soppa, C. I. (1993). Contradicting and Refusing; Widersprechen und Ablehnen. Beitrage zur Fremdsprachenvermittlung aus dem Konstanzer SLI, 25, 69-79.

 

Boettcher, W. (1991). Beratungsgesprach und Gesprachsberatung: Von der schwierigen Beziehung zwischen Gesprachanalyse und Weiterbildung. (Counseling Discourse and Discourse Counseling: On the Difficult Relationship between Discourse Analysis and Higher Education). Deutsche Sprache, 19(3), 239-256.

 

Bogaarts-de Glas, Y. (1981). Discourse analyse en de communicatieve syllabus. (Discourse Analysis and the Communicative Syllabus). Levende Talen, 359, 115-133.

 

Boggs, S. T. (1990). The role of routines in the evolution of children's peer talk. In Bruce Dorval (Ed.), Conversational organization and its development. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 38. (pp. 101-130). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Bogotch, I. E., Miron, L. F., & Murry, J. (1998). Moral Leadership Discourses in Urban School Settings: The Multiple Influences of Social-Context. Urban Education, 33(3), 303-330.

 

Bohme, G., & Hoffmann, N. (1986). Entwicklung des dialogischen Sprechens unter kommunikativem Aspekt. (Developing Spoken Dialogues as an Aspect of Communication). Fremdsprachenunterricht, 30, 12, 565-571.

 

Boice, R. (1990). Professors as writers. A self-help guide to productive writing. Stillwater, Okla., U.S.A.: New Forums Press.

 

Boivin, M., Fall, K., & Vignaux, G. (1992). Modalites et enonciation: le discours argumentatif en milieu scolaire. (Modalities and Utterance: Argumentative Discourse in a School Setting). Langues et Linguistique, 18, 183-191.

 

Bokus, B. (1996). Narrative space structuring at the preschool age: Findings on monologic and dialogic discourse. In Carolyn E. Johnson, & John H. V. Gilbert (Eds.), Children's language, Vol. 9. (pp. 197-207). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Boling, N. C., & Robinson, D. H. (1999). Individual Study, Interactive Multimedia, or Cooperative Learning: Which Activity Best Supplements Lecture-Based Distance Education. Journal of Educational Psychology, 91(1), 169-174.

 

Bollinger, M. C. (1982). Teaching the Universe of Discourse in Intermediate French. French Review, 55(3), 323-328.

 

Bonczyk, A. (1984). Zum Problem funktional-kommunikativer Merkmale von Gesprachsarten (unter besonderer Berucksichtigung sprachpraktischer Lehrmaterialien). (On the Problem of Functional-Communicative Features of Types of Speech with Special Attention to Practical Language Teaching Materials). Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Padagogischen Hochschule Karl Liebknecht Potsdam, 28(5), 741-748.

 

Bonk, C. J., Hansen, E. J., Grabner-Hagan, M. M., Lazar, S. A., & Mirabelli, C. (1998). Time to "connect": Synchronous and asynchronous case-based dialogue among preservice teachers. In: Bonk, Curtis Jay, &  King, Kira S. (Eds.), Electronic collaborators: Learner-centered technologies for literacy, apprenticeship, and discourse. (pp. 289-314). Mahwah, NJ, USA: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Bonk, C. J., Malikowski, S., Angeli, C., & East, J. (1998). Web-Based Case Conferencing for Preservice Teacher-Education: Electronic Discourse from the Field. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 19(3), 269-306.

 

Book, C. L., Duffy, G. G., Roehler, L. R., Meloth, M. S., & Vavrus, L. G. (1985). A Study of the Relationship between Teacher Explanation and Student Metacognitive Awareness during Reading Instruction. Communication Education, 34(1), 29-36.

 

Books, S. (1998). Speaking of and against youth. In: Books, Sue (Ed.), Invisible children in the society and its schools. (pp. 183-199). Mahwah, NJ, USA: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Booth, K. M., & James, B. W. (2001). Interactive Learning in a Higher-Education Level-1 Mechanics Module. International Journal of Science Education, 23(9), 955-967.

 

Booth, W. C., & Gregory, M. W. (1984). The Harper & Row reader. Liberal education through reading and writing. New York: Harper & Row.

 

Booth, W. C., & Gregory, M. W. (1988). The Harper & Row reader. Liberal education through reading and writing. New York: Harper & Row Publishers.

 

Borthwick, J. (1986). Cautionary tales of classroom misunderstandings.  Journal of Adolescent Research, 1(3), 277-287.

 

Borup, I. K. (1998). Pupils Experiences of the Annual Health Dialogue with the School-Health Nurse. Scandinavian Journal of Caring Sciences, 12(3), 160-169.

 

Borup, I. K. (2000). Danish Pupils Perceived Satisfaction with the Health Dialogue: Associations with the Office and Work Procedure of the School-Health Nurse. Health Promotion International, 15(4), 313-320.

 

Borup, I. K. (2002). The School-Health Nurses Assessment of a Successful Health Dialogue. Health & Social Care in the Community, 10(1), 10-19.

 

Borzone, A. M., & Rosemberg, C. R. (1994). El intercambio verbal en el aula: Las intervenciones de los ninos en relacion con el estilo de interaccion del maestro. / Verbal exchange in the classroom: The relationship between children's responses and teacher's interaction style.  Infancia y Aprendizaje,ancia y Aprendizaje. 1994; No 67-68, 115-132.

 

Bos, C. S., & Reyes, E. I. (1996). Conversations with a Latina Teacher About Education for Language-Minority Students with Special Needs. Elementary School Journal, 96(3), 343-351.

 

Boshier, R. (1992). Popular discourse concerning AIDS: Its implications for adult education.  Adult Education Quarterly, 42(3), 125-135.

 

Bostow, D. E., Kritch, K. M., & Tomplins, B. F. (1995). Computers and Pedagogy: Replacing Telling with Interactive Computer-Programmed Instruction. Behavior Research Methods Instruments & Computers, 27(2), 297-300.

 

Bottcher, W. (2001). The Feasibility of a Dialogue Between Pedagogics and Economics: A Discussion Guided by the Example of Incentive Systems and School Development. Zeitschrift fur Padagogik, 47(6), 893-911.

 

Bouacha, A. A. (1984). Le discours universitaire: La rhétorique et ses pouvoirs. Berne New York: P. Lang.

 

Boughey, C. (2002). 'Naming' students' problems: An analysis of language-related discourses at a South African university.  Teaching in Higher Education, 7(3), 295-307.

 

Boulima, J. (1999). Negotiated interaction in target language classroom discourse. Amsterdam, Netherlands Philadelphia, PA: J. Benjamins.

 

Boulton, M. J. (1995). Playground Behavior and Peer Interaction Patterns of Primary-School Boys Classified as Bullies, Victims and Not Involved. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 65(Jun), 165-177.

 

Boulton Lewis, G. M., Smith, D. J. H., McCrindle, A. R., Burnett, P. C., & Campbell, K. J. (2001). Secondary teachers' conceptions of teaching and learning.  Learning and Instruction, 11(1), 35-51.

 

Bourdieu, P., Passeron, J. C., & Saint-Martin, M. (1994). Academic discourse. Linguistic misunderstanding and professorial power. Cambridge: Polity Press.

 

Bourne, J. (2001). Discourses and Identities in a Multilingual Primary Classroom. Oxford Review of Education, 27(1), 103-114.

 

Boutain, D. M., & Olivares, S. A. (1999). Nurturing Educational Multiculturalism in Psychosocial Nursing: Creating New Possibilities Through Inclusive Conversations. Archives of Psychiatric Nursing, 13(5), 234-239.

 

Boutin, G., & Parent, P. P. (1988). Discours educatifs et dynamique familiale en mouvance: Etat de la question. / Educational discourse and family dynamics in flux: State of the question.  Revue Quebecoise de Psychologie, 9(2), 82-95.

 

Bowe, R., Gewirtz, S., & Ball, S. J. (1994). Captured by the Discourse: Issues and Concerns in Researching Parental Choice. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 15(1), 63-78.

 

Bowers, J. (2000). Postscript: Integrating themes on discourse and design. In: Cobb, Paul, & Yackel, Erna. (Eds.), Symbolizing and communicating in mathematics classrooms:Perspectives on discourse, tools, and instructional design. (pp. 385-397). Mahwah, NJ, US: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers. x, 411 pp

 

Bowers, R. (1991). Verbal Behaviour in the Language Teaching Classroom (Volumes I and Ii). Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 52(2), 524-3.

 

Bowles, H. (1995). Why Are Newspaper Law Reports So Hard to Understand? English for Specific Purposes, 14(3), 201-222.

 

Boxer, D. (1988). The News Interview on Morning Television: A Sociolinguistic Analysis. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 4(1), 101-116.

 

Boxer, D. (2002). Applying sociolinguistics: Domains and face-to-face interaction.  Amsterdam, Netherlands: John Benjamins. 

 

Boyd, G. M. (1993). Educating Symbiotic P-Individuals Through Multilevel Conversations. Systems Research, 10(3), 113-128.

 

Boyd, M., & Maloof, V. M. (2000). How teachers can build on student-proposed intertextual links to facilitate student talk in the ESL classroom. In: Hall, Joan Kelly, & Verplaetse, Lorrie Stoops. (Eds.), Second and foreign language learning through classroom interaction. (pp. 163-182). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Boyes, M., Giordano, R., & Pool, M. (1997). Internalization of social discourse: A Vygotskian account of the development of young children's theories of mind. In: Cox, Brian David, &  Lightfoot, Cynthia (Eds.), Sociogenetic perspectives on internalization. (pp. 189-202). Mahwah, NJ, USA: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Bozic, N., & Leadbetter, J. (1999). Teacher assessments: How EPs respond to them in routine meetings.  Educational Psychology in Practice, 14(4), 264-273.

 

Bozic, N., Leadbetter, J., & Stringer, P. (1998). Discourse analysis: Elevating the mundane.  Educational and Child Psychology, 15(3), 65-73.

 

Brabeck, M. M., & Ting, K. (1997). Context, Politics and Moral Education: Comments on the Misgeld/Magendzo Conversation About Human-Rights Education. Journal of Moral Education, 26(2), 147-149.

 

Bradbeer, J. (1999). Barriers to Interdisciplinarity: Disciplinary Discourses and Student Learning. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 23(3), 381-396.

 

Braddock, R. (1974). The frequency and placement of topic sentences in expository prose. Research in the Teaching of English, 8(3), 287-302.

 

Bradford, C. S., Rubba, P. A., & Harkness, W. L. (1995). Views About Science-Technology Society Interactions Held by College-Students in General-Education Physics and STS Courses. Science Education, 79(4), 355-373.

 

Brady, K. L., & Eisler, R. M. (1999). Sex and Gender in the College Classroom: A Quantitative-Analysis of Faculty-Student Interactions and Perceptions. Journal of Educational Psychology, 91(1), 127-145.

 

Brainard, S. (1998). Theme, result, and contrast a study in expository discourse in Upper Tanudan Kalinga. Canberra: Dept. of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University.

 

Brandau, D. M., & Collins, J. (1994). Texts, Social-Relations, and Work-Based Skepticism About Schooling: An Ethnographic Analysis. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 25(2), 118-136.

 

Brandt, R. (1994). On Educating for Diversity: A Conversation with James A. Banks. Educational Leadership, 51(8), 28-31.

 

Brandt, R., & McGreal, T. (1996). On a New Direction for Teacher Evaluation: A Conversation with Tom Mcgreal. Educational Leadership, 53(6), 30-33.

 

Brantlinger, E., Majdjabbari, M., & Guskin, S. L. (1996). Self-Interest and Liberal Educational Discourse: How Ideology Works for Middle-Class Mothers. American Educational Research Journal, 33(3), 571-597.

 

Brantlinger, E., Morton, M. L., & Washburn, S. (1999). Teachers Moral Authority in Classrooms: (Re)Structuring Social Interactions and Gendered Power. Elementary School Journal, 99(5), 491-504.

 

Bräuer, G. (1996). Warum Schreiben? Schreiben in den USA : Aspekte, Verbindungen, Tendenzen. Frankfurt am Main New York: P. Lang.

 

Brazil, D. (1976). The Teacher's Use of Intonation. Educational Review, 28(3), 180-189.

 

Brazil, D. C., Coulthard, R. M., & Johns, C. M. (1980). Discourse Intonation and Language Teaching. London, Longman. 

 

Breen, P. F. (1986). The Use of Exophora and Anaphora in Mother-Blind Child Dyads: A Comparative Study of Sighted and Blind Preschoolers. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(6), 2215-9.

 

Brennan, M., & Popkewitz, T. S. (Eds.). (1998). Foucault's challenge: Discourse, knowledge, and power in education. New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Brenneis, C., & Bruera, E. (1998). The Interaction Between Family Physicians and Palliative Care Consultants in the Delivery of Palliative Care: Clinical and Educational Issues. Journal of Palliative Care, 14(3), 58-61.

 

Brent, D. (1992). Reading as rhetorical invention. Knowledge, persuasion, and the teaching of research-based writing. Urbana, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Brice, L. (2002). Deliberative discourse enacted: Task, text, and talk.  Theory and Research in Social Education, 30(1), 66-87.

 

Brinton, B., & Fujiki, M. (1984). Development of topic manipulation skills in discourse. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 27(3), 350-358.

 

Britton, J. N. (1984). Viewpoints: The Distinction between Participant and Spectator Role Language in Research and Practice. Research in the Teaching of English, 18(3), 320-331.

 

Brock, C. A. (1986). The Effects of Referential Questions on Esl Classroom Discourse. TESOL Quarterly, 20(1), 47-59.

 

Brock, C. H., & Raphael, T. E. (2003). Guiding 3 Middle School Students in Learning Academic Written Discourse. Elementary School Journal, 103(5), 481-502.

 

Brock, C. H., & Raphael, T. E. (2003). Guiding three middle school students in learning written academic discourse.  Elementary School Journal, 103(5), 481-502.

 

Brodkey, L. (1989). Academic Writing As Social Practice. IRAL, 27(1), 41-52.

 

Broekkamp, H., Vanhoutwolters, B. H. A. M., Rijlaarsdam, G., & Vandenbergh, H. (2002). Importance in Instructional Text: Teachers and Students Perceptions of Task Demands. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94(2), 260-271.

 

Bromer, J. (2001). Helpers, mothers, and preachers: The multiple roles and discourses of family child care providers in an African-American community.  Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 16(3), 313-327.

 

Brooks, F. B. (1993). Some Problems and Caveats in Communicative Discourse: Toward a Conceptualization of the Foreign-Language Classroom. Foreign Language Annals, 26(2), 233-242.

 

Brooks, F. B., & Donato, R. (1994). Vygotskyan Approaches to Understanding Foreign Language Learner Discourse during Communicative Tasks. Hispania, 77(2), 262-274.

 

Brophyherb, H. E., Gibbons, C., Omar, M. A., & Schiffman, R. F. (1999). Low-Income Fathers and Their Infants: Interactions During Teaching Episodes. Infant Mental Health Journal, 20(3), 305-321.

 

Browder, D. M. (1997). Educating Students with Severe Disabilities: Enhancing the Conversation Between Research and Practice. Journal of Special Education, 31(1), 137-144.

 

Brown, D. (1999). Promoting Reflective Thinking: Preservice Teachers Literacy Autobiographies as a Common Text. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 42(5), 402-410.

 

Brown, N. (1993). Art education and the mutation of art.  Visual Arts Research, 19(1)

 

Brown, S. C., Mittan, R. K., & Roen, D. H. (1990). Becoming expert. Writing and learning in the disciplines. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall/Hunt Pub. Co.

 

Bruce, B. C., Carragher, B. O., Damon, B. M., Dawson, M. J., Eurell, J. A., Gregory, C. D., Lauterbur, P. C., Marjanovic, M. M., Masonfossum, B., Morris, H. D., Potter, C. D., & Thakker, U. (1997). Chickscope: An Interactive MRI Classroom Curriculum Innovation for K-12. Computers & Education, 29(2-3), 73-87.

 

Bruce, N. J. (1988). Communicative Dynamism in Expository Academic English: Some Strategies in Teaching the Pragmatics of Writing. Working Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching, 11, 42-53.

 

Brumfit, C., & Bennett, T. J. A. (1979). Accuracy and Fluency as Polarities in Foreign Language Teaching Materials and Methodology. Bulletin CILA, 29, 89-96.

 

Bruner, J. S. (1996). The culture of education. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

 

Brungardt, J. B., & Zollman, D. (1995). Influence of Interactive Videodisc Instruction Using Simultaneous-Time Analysis on Kinematics Graphing Skills of High-School Physics Students. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 32(8), 855-869.

 

Bruster, B. G. (1992). Instructional Scaffolding: The Effective Use of Teacher-Student Dialogue. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 53(2), 386-3.

 

Bryan, A. H. (1991). Cohesion Analysis of the Speaking and Writing of Four Black College Students. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 51(8), 2616-1.

 

Brynin, M. (2001). The Interactive Effect on Employment of the Education of Spouses and Partners: Norway, Britain, and Germany. International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 42(3), 301-321.

 

Buckingham, D. (1992). Media Education: The Limits of a Discourse. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 24(4), 297-313.

 

Buenfil Burgos, R. N., & Buenfil Burgos, R. N. (2002). Discourse Analysis, Education and Post-modernity / Soylem Analizi, Egitim ve Postmodernite.  Educational Sciences: Theory and Practice, 2 (1), 47-79.

 

Bugaj, D. (1988). Zum Erzahlen von Erlebnissen durch Vorschulkinder. (On Narrating about Lived Experiences by Preschoolers). Potsdamer Forschungen der padagogischen Hochschule "Karl Liebknecht" Potsdam, Reihe C, 77, 106-110.

 

Bühner, B., & Birnmeyer, A. (1982). Ideologie und Diskurs: Zur Theorie von Jürgen Habermas und ihrer Rezeption in der Pädagogik. Frankfurt/Main: Haag + Herchen.

 

Bunch, S. M. (1995). A Study of the Development of Written Discourse Competency within a Graduate Community. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 56, 4, Oct, 1257-A.

 

Burckhart, H. (1999). Diskursethik, Diskursanthropologie, Diskurspädagogik: Reflexiv-normative Grundlegeung kritischer Pädagogik. Würzburg: Königshausen & Neumann.

 

Burkett, E. M. (1977). Writing in subject-matter fields. A bibliographic guide, with annotations and writing assignments. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press.

 

Burnard, P. (1996). Teaching the Analysis of Textual Data: An Experiential Approach. Nurse Education Today, 16(4), 278-281.

 

Burns, A., Joyce, H., & Gollin, S. (1996). 'I see what you mean': Using spoken discourse in the classroom : a handbook for teachers. Sydney, Aust.: Macquarie University.

 

Burns-Hoffman, R. (1992). A Discourse Analysis of Variation in Children's Language in Preschool, Small Group Settings. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 53(6), 1887-3.

 

Burns-Hoffman, R., Lee, O., & Fradd, S. H. (1995). Patterns of Noun Phrase Expression in Hands-On Instructional Conversations in Science. Proceedings of the Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, 19(1), 154-165.

 

Burroughs, R., Schwartz, T. A., & Hendrickslee, M. (2000). Communities of Practice and Discourse Communities: Negotiating Boundaries in Nbpts Certification. Teachers College Record, 102(2), 344-374.

 

Burrows, L. (2002). Constructing the Child: Developmental Discourses in School Physical-Education. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 37(2), 127-140.

 

Burstein, J., & Marcu, D. (2003). Automated evaluation of discourse structure in student essays.  In: Shermis, Mark D., & Burstein, Jill. (Eds.), Automated essay scoring:  A cross-disciplinary perspective. (pp. 209-229). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Burton, J. M. (1994). The Arts in School-Reform: Other Conversations. Teachers College Record, 95(4), 477-493.

 

Busch, H. A., King, P. R., & Guttman, M. A. (1994). Interactional Anxiety in an Examination Situation with French and English High-School-Students: An Empirical-Test of a Composite Predictor for State Anxiety. Personality and Individual Differences, 17(1), 111-116.

 

Busch-Lauer, I. A. (1991). Englische Fachtexte in der pädagogischen Psychologie: Eine linguistische Analyse. Frankfurt am Main New York: P. Lang.

 

Buss, R. R., Ratliff, J. L., & Irion, J. C. (1985). Effects of instruction on the use of story structure in comprehension of narrative discourse. National Reading Conference Yearbook, 34, 55-58.

 

Bustamante-Smolka, A. L. (1991). Multiplas vozes na sala de aula: aspectos da construcao coletiva do conhecimento na Escola. (Multiple Voices in the Classroom: Aspects of a Collective Construction of Knowledge in School). Trabalhos em Linguistica Aplicada, 18, 15-28.

 

Butt, D. (2000). Using functional grammar: An explorer's guide. Sydney, Australia: National Centre for English Language Teaching and Research, Macquarie University.

 

Buttjes, D. (1981). Verbale Interaktionen im Englischunterricht: Beobachtungen an Klassen des 5. bis 7. Schuljahrs. (Verbal Interaction in English Instruction: Observations in Classes of Fifth to Seventh School Years). Linguistische Berichte, 76, 52-63.

 

Button, K., Johnson, M. J., & Furgerson, P. (1996). Interactive Writing in a Primary Classroom. Reading Teacher, 49(6), 446-454.

 

Buzzelli, C., & Johnston, B. (2001). Authority, Power, and Morality in Classroom Discourse. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(8), 873-884.

 

Buzzelli, C. A. (1996). The moral implications of teacher-child discourse in early childhood classrooms.  Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 11(4), 515-534.

 

Bynum, A. B., Cranford, C. O., Irwin, C. A., & Denny, G. S. (2003). Participant Satisfaction in an Adult Telehealth Education-Program Using Interactive Compressed Video Delivery Methods in Rural Arkansas. Journal of Rural Health, 19(3), 218-222.

 

Byrnes, H. (2000). Shaping the discourse of a practice: The role of linguistics and psychology in language teaching and learning.  Modern Language Journal, 84(4), 472-494.

 

Cabut, H. (1982). Francais langue seconde: les apprenants face au discours didactique oral. (French as a Second Language: Learners Faced with Oral Didactic Discourse). Melanges   Centre de Recherches et d'Applications pedagogiques en Langues, 1-20.-

 

Cacciari, C., & Levorato, M. C. (1989). How children understand idioms in discourse. Journal of Child Language, 16(2), 387-405.

 

Caesar, T. (1992). Conspiring with forms: Life in academic texts. Athens: University of Georgia Press.

 

Caesar, T. (1998). Writing in disguise. Academic life in subordination. Athens: Ohio University Press.

 

Cain, M. A., & Kalamaras, G. (2003). (Re)reading and writing genres of discourse: Creative writing as general education. In: Helmers, Marguerite. (Ed.), Intertexts:Reading pedagogy in college writing classrooms. (pp. 173-194). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Calderonello, A. H., Nelson-Beene, D., & Simmons, S. C. (1997). Perspectives on academic writing. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Calfee, R. C., Dunlap, K. L., & Wat, A. Y. (1994). Authentic Discussion of Texts in Middle Grade Schooling: An Analytic-Narrative Approach. Journal of Reading, 37(7), 546-556.

 

Calhoun, P. S., & Fishman, E. K. (1997). The GI Project: A Prototype Electronic Textbook for High-School Biology. Radiographics, 17(1), 203-211.

 

Callan, E. (1995). Virtue, Dialogue, and the Common School. American Journal of Education, 104(1), 1-33.

 

Calve, P. (1994). Addressing Grammar without Abandoning Discourse: A Case for Grammatical Exercises; Comment faire de la grammaire sans trahir le discours: le cas des exercices grammaticaux. Canadian Modern Language Review / Revue canadienne des langues vivantes, 50(4), 636-645.

 

Cameron, D. (1999). Better conversations: A morality play in twelve tapes.  Feminism and Psychology, 9(3), 315-333.

 

Cameron, L. (2002). Metaphors in the Learning of Science: a discourse focus.  British Educational Research Journal, 28(5), 673-688.

 

Cameron, L. (2003). Metaphor in educational discourse. London New York: Continuum.

 

Caminha, H. M. (1987). Analise do discurso e ensino. (Discourse Analysis and Teaching). Letras de Hoje, 22, 3(68), 17-32.

 

Cammack, J. C., & Phillips, D. K. (2002). Discourses and Subjectivities of the Gendered Teacher. Gender and Education, 14(2), 123-133.

 

Camp, D. (2000). It Takes 2: Teaching with Twin Texts of Fact and Fiction. Reading Teacher, 53(5), 400-408.

 

Campbell, K. S. (1991). Theoretical and Pedagogical Applications of Discourse Analysis to Professional Writing. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 52(1), 61-3.

 

Campbell, R. (1996). Teaching Grammar: Linking Textual and Teacher Authority. Australian Journal of Language and Literacy, 19(2), 112-119.

 

Campos Hernandez, M. A., Jimenez Flores, V., Gaspar Hernandez, S., & Gutierrez, R. R. (2001). Transformaciones conceptuales de estudiantes pre-universitarios sobre el origen de la vida. / Cognitive transformations of pre-university students about the origin of life.  Revista Intercontinental de Psicologia y Educacion, 3(2), 19-30.

 

Canada, K., & Pringle, R. (1995). The Role of Gender in College Classroom Interactions: A Social-Context Approach. Sociology of Education, 68(3), 161-186.

 

Candela, A. (1995). Consensus Construction as a Collective Task in Mexican Science Classes. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 26(4), 458-474.

 

Candela, A. (1997). The discursive construction of argumentative contexts in science education.  In: Coll, Cesar, & Edwards, Derek. (Eds.), Teaching, learning and classroom discourse:  Approaches to the study of educational discourse. Culture & consciousness series./Coleccion cultura y conciencia. (pp. 89-105)..

 

Candlin, C. N., & Plum, G. A. (Eds.). (1998). Researching academic literacies. Sydney, NSW: National Centre for English Language Teaching and Research, Macquarie University.

 

Canfield, P. J. (2002). An Interactive, Student-Centered Approach to Teaching Large-Group Sessions in Veterinary Clinical Pathology. Journal of Veterinary Medical Education, 29(2), 105-110.

 

Canning, R. (2003). Curriculum Discourses in Postcompulsory Education: A Case-Study on the Introduction of Higher Still in Scotland. Journal of Education Policy, 18(4), 439-451.

 

Caplan, R., Guthrie, D., & Foy, J. G. (1992). Communication deficits and formal thought disorder in schizophrenic children.  Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 31(1), 151-159.

 

Caplan, R., Guthrie, D., & Foy, J. G. (1993). Communication deficits and formal thought disorder in schizophrenic children.  Annual Progress in Child Psychiatry and Child Development,ual Progress in Child Psychiatry and Child Development. 1993 418-437.

 

Carlsen, W. S. (1988). The Effects of Science Teacher Subject-Matter Knowledge on Teacher Questioning and Classroom Discourse. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 49(6), 1421-C.

 

Carlsen, W. S. (1992). Closing down the conversation: Discouraging student talk on unfamiliar science content.  Journal of Classroom Interaction, 27(2), 15-21.

 

Carlsen, W. S. (1993). Teacher knowledge and discourse control: Quantitative evidence from novice biology teachers' classrooms.  Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 30(5), 471-481.

 

Carlsen, W. S. (1997). Never ask a question if you don't know the answer: The tension in teaching between modeling scientific argument and maintaining law and order.  Journal of Classroom Interaction, 32(2), 14-23.

 

Carpenter, K. M., Watson, J. M., Raffety, B., & Chabal, C. (2003). Teaching Brief Interventions for Smoking-Cessation via an Interactive Computer-Based Tutorial. Journal of Health Psychology, 8(1), 149-160.

 

Carr, D. B. A. (1989). The Effects of Student-Generated Paragraph Summaries on Reading Comprehension. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 50(6), 1613-C.

 

Carrington, B., & Short, G. (1998). Adolescent Discourse on National Identity: Voices of Care and Justice. Educational Studies, 24(2), 133-152.

 

Carroll, J. (1992). Dialogs. Reading and writing in the disciplines. New York: Macmillan.

 

Carroll, J. M., Stein, C., Byron, M., & Dutram, K. (1996). Using Interactive Multimedia to Deliver Nutrition Education to Maines Wic Clients. Journal of Nutrition Education, 28(1), 19-25.

 

Carter, A. (1995). Developing Faculty Training for Interactive Distance Education. Innovations in Education and Training International, 32(2), 147-152.

 

Carter, E. W., Hughes, C., Copeland, S. R., & Breen, C. (2001). Differences Between High-School-Students Who Do and Do Not Volunteer to Participate in a Peer Interaction Program. Journal of the Association for Persons With Severe Handicaps, 26(4), 229-239.

 

Carter, G., Westbrook, S. L., & Thompkins, C. D. (1999). Examining science tools as mediators of students' learning about circuits.  Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 36(1), 89-105.

 

Carter, S., & Michael, M. (2003). Signifying Across Time and Space: A Case-Study of Biomedical Educational Texts. Sociology of Health & Illness, 25(2), 232-259.

 

Carver, R. P. (1984). Writing a publishable research report. In education, psychology, and related disciplines. Springfield, Ill.: C.C. Thomas.

 

Casanave, C. P., & Vandrick, S. (2003). Writing for scholarly publication. Behind the scenes in language education. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Case, S. S. (1995). Gender, Language, and the Professions: Recognition of Wide-Verbal-Repertoire Speech. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 25(2), 149-192.

 

Casimir, M., Mattox, N., Hays, J., & Vasquez, C. L. (2000). Teaching Through the Prism of Difference: A Dialogue Among 4 Bilingual, African-Ancestry Teachers. Theory Into Practice, 39(4), 248-257.

 

Casteel, C. A. (1998). Teacher-Student Interactions and Race in Integrated Classrooms. Journal of Educational Research, 92(2), 115-120.

 

Cayer, R. L., & Sacks, R. K. (1979). Oral and Written Discourse of Basic Writers: Similarities and Differences. Research in the Teaching of English, 13(2), 121-128.

 

Caywood, C. L., & Overing, G. R. (Eds.). (1987). Teaching writing. Pedagogy, gender, and equity. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Cazden, C. B. (1986). Language in the Classroom. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 7, 18-33.

 

Cazden, C. B. (1988). Classroom discourse: The language of teaching and learning. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

 

Cazden, C. B. (1995). New Ideas for Research on Classroom Discourse. TESOL Quarterly, 29(2), 384-387.

 

Cazden, C. B. (1997). Performance before competence: Assistance to child discourse in the zone of proximal development.  In: Cole, Michael, & Engestroem, Yrjoe. (Eds.), Mind, culture, and activity:  Seminal papers from the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. (pp. 303-310). New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Cazden, C. B. (1997). Performance before competence: Assistance to child discourse in the zone of proximal development. In: Cole, Michael, & Engestroem, Yrjoe. (Eds.), Mind, culture, and activity:Seminal papers from the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. (pp. 303-310). New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.

 

Cazden, C. B., & Beck, S. W. (2003). Classroom discourse.  In: Graesser, Arthur C., & Gernsbacher, Morton Ann. (Eds.), Handbook of discourse processes. (pp. 165-197). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Celce-Murcia, M. (1990). Discourse Analysis and Grammar Instruction. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 11, 135-151.

 

Celce Murcia, M. (2002). Why it makes sense to teach grammar in context and through discourse.  In: Hinkel, Eli, & Fotos, Sandra. (Eds.), New perspectives on grammar teaching in second language classrooms. ESL and applied linguistics professional series. (pp. 119-133). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Celce-Murcia, M., & Olshtain, E. (2000). Discourse and context in language teaching a guide for language teachers. Cambridge, England New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

César, M., Oliveras, M.L., & Favilli, F. (in press). Are different all the same? Teachers' discourses about multicultural classes. In A challenge for mathematics education: to reconcile commonalities with differences: Proceedings of CIEAM54. Vilanova i la Geltrú, Spain.

 

Chabrol, C. (1982). "A qui parle-t-on dans un entretien d'enquete?" / "Who is one talking to during a survey interview?"  Connexions,nexions. 1982; No 38, 107-121.

 

Challe, O. (1986). Une Analyse du discours des formateurs en didactique des langues. (An Analysis of the Discourse of Teachers of Language Pedagogy). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 61, 38-44.

 

Chambers, P. (1997). IV and Sen: Using Interactive Video with Special Educational-Needs Pupils. British Journal of Educational Technology, 28(1), 31-39.

 

Chambliss, M. J., & Murphy, P. K. (2002). Fourth and fifth graders representing the argument structure in written texts.  Discourse Processes, 34(1), 91-115.

 

Champion, T. B., Katz, L., Muldrow, R., & Dail, R. (1999). Storytelling and storymaking in an urban preschool classroom: Building bridges from home to school culture.  Topics in Language Disorders, 19(3), 52-67.

 

Chan, C. K. K. (2001). Peer collaboration and discourse patterns in learning from incompatible information.  Instructional Science, 29(6), 443-479.

 

Chandler, G. E., & Hanrahan, P. (2000). Teaching Using Interactive Video: Creating Connections. Journal of Nursing Education, 39(2), 73-80.

 

Chang, M. J. (2002). Preservation or Transformation: Wheres the Real Educational Discourse on Diversity. Review of Higher Education, 25(2), 125+.

 

Chang Wells, G. L. M., & Wells, G. (1993). Dynamics of discourse: Literacy and the construction of knowledge. In: Forman, Ellice A., & Minick, Norris. (Eds.), Contexts for learning:Sociocultural dynamics in children's development. (pp. 58-90). London, Oxford University Press.

 

Chapman, A. (2001). Maths talk is boys' talk: Constructing masculinity in school mathematics.  In: Martino, Wayne, & Meyenn, Bob. (Eds.), What about the boys?:  Issues of masculinity in schools. (pp. 199-210). Buckingham: Open University Press.

 

Chapman, K. L., Graham, K. T., Gooch, J., & Visconti, C. (1998). Conversational Skills of Preschool and School-Age-Children with Cleft-Lip and Palate. Cleft Palate-Craniofacial Journal, 35(6), 503-516.

 

Chapman, S. B. (1998). Bridging the gap between research and education reintegration: Direct instruction on processing connected discourse.  Aphasiology, 12(12), 1081-1088.

 

Charaudeau, P. (1981). Pour une pratique de l'acces aux documents ecrits. (Toward Practical Access to Written Documents). Revue de Phonetique Appliquee, 59-60, 239-245.

 

Chase, S. E., & Bell, C. S. (1990). Ideology, discourse, and gender: How gatekeepers talk about women school superintendents.  Social Problems, 37(2), 163-177.

 

Chatry-Komarek, M. (1997). Langues africaines. Vers une édition scolaire : à propos d'un programme de formation pour auteurs des manuels scolaires. Paris: L'Harmattan.

 

Chau, H. O. (1986). Strategies in Understanding Written Discourse with Special Reference to Translator-as-Reader. Working Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching, 9, 69-80.

 

Chaudron, C. (1989). Second Language Classrooms: Research On Teaching And Learning. Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics, 142-152.

 

Chavez, M. (2000). Teacher and student gender and peer group gender composition in German foreign language classroom discourse: An exploratory study.  Journal of Pragmatics, 32(7), 1019-1058.

 

Checkley, K., & Kelly, L. (1999). Toward Better Teacher-Education: A Conversation with ASA Hilliard. Educational Leadership, 56(8), 58-62.

 

Chee, Y. S. (1995). Cognitive Apprenticeship and Its Application to the Teaching of Smalltalk in a Multimedia Interactive Learning-Environment. Instructional Science, 23(1-3), 133-161.

 

Chen, G. T. (1983). The Ba Construction: A Topic and Comment Approach. Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association, 18(1), 17-29.

 

Chen, Y., & He, A. W. (2001). Dui by dui  as a pragmatic marker: Evidence from Chinese classroom discourse.  Journal of Pragmatics, 33(9), 1441-1465.

 

Chen, Y. Y., & He, A. W. Y. (2001). Dui Bu Dui as a Pragmatic Marker: Evidence from Chinese Classroom Discourse. Journal of Pragmatics, 33(9), 1441-1465.

 

Cheng, L. R. L. (1996). Enhancing communication: Toward optimal language learning for limited English proficient students.  Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 27(4), 347-354.

 

Chermak, G. D., Curtis, L., & Seikel, J. A. (1996). The Effectiveness of an Interactive Hearing Conservation Program for Elementary-School-Children. Language Speech and Hearing Services in Schools, 27(1), 29-39.

 

Chernobilsky, E., DaCosta, M. C., & Hmelo Silver, C. (2004). Learning to talk the educational psychology talk through a problem-based course.  Instructional Science, 32 (4), 319-356.

 

Cherry, L. J. (1978). A Sociolinguistic Approach to the Study of Teacher Expectations. Discourse Processes, 1(4), 373-393.

 

Cherry-Holmes, C. H. (1988). Construct-Validity and the Discourses of Research. American Journal of Education, 96(3), 421-457.

 

Cherryholmes, C. H. (1982). Discourse and Criticism in the Social Studies Classroom. Theory And Research in Social Education, 9(4), 57-73.

 

Chesebro, J. W., & Hamsher, C. D. (1973). Rhetorical criticism: A message-centered procedure. Speech Teacher, 22 (4), 282-290.

 

Chesterfield, R., & Enge, K. (1998). Gender Cognitive Categorization and Classroom Interaction Patterns of Guatemalan Teachers. Human Organization, 57(1), 108-116.

 

Cheung, E. G. H. (1986). Structure in Written Text. Working Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching, 9, 33-43.

 

Chevalier, Y. (1994). Television: Models of Understanding and Learning; Television: modeles d'intelligibilite et apprentissages. Francais dans le Monde, special number, 39-48.

 

Chew, P. G. L. (1995). Aikido Politics in Interview Interaction. Linguistics and Education, 7(3), 201-220.

 

Chikudate, N. (2002). Collective Myopia and Defective Higher Educations Behind the Scenes of Ethically Bankrupted Economic-Systems: A Reflexive Note from a Japanese University and Taking a Step Toward Transcultural Dialogues. Journal of Business Ethics, 38(3), 205-225.

 

Chin, H. Y., & Bernardopitz, V. (2000). Teaching Conversational Skills to Children with Autism: Effect on the Development of a Theory of Mind. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 30(6), 569-583.

 

Chinn, C. A., & Anderson, R. C. (1998). The structure of discussions that promote reasoning.  Teachers College Record, 100(2), 315-368.

 

Chipman-Johnson, R. S. (1995). Teacher Discourse Patterns, Actions, and Foreign Language Listening Comprehension: A Qualitative Study. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 55, 12, June, 3726-A-3727-A.

 

Chittenden, P., & Kiniry, M. (Eds.). (1986). Making connections across the curriculum. Readings for analysis. New York: St. Martin's Press.

 

Chiu, R. K. (1974). The English modal auxiliaries: Frequency and usage in boardroom discussion. Research in the Teaching of English, 8(3), 378-393.

 

Chiu, S. H., & Alexander, P. A. (2000). The Motivational Function of Preschoolers Private Speech. Discourse Processes, 30(2), 133-152.

 

Chonan, H., & Inoue, T. (1998). 1 /Rehearsal strategies of people with hearing impairment: On the optimal strategies for discourse memory. Japanese Journal of Educational Psychology, 46(4), 413-421.

 

Chouliaraki, L. (1998). Regulation in 'progressivist' pedagogic discourse: individualized teacher-pupil talk. Discourse & Society 9(1), 5-32.

 

Chouliaraki, L. (1998). Regulation in Progressivist Pedagogic Discourse: Individualized Teacher-Pupil Talk. Discourse & Society, 9(1), 5-32.

 

Chow, V. T., & Kasari, C. (1999). Task-Related Interactions Among Teachers and Exceptional, at-Risk, and Typical Learners in Inclusive Classrooms. Remedial and Special Education, 20(4), 226-232.

 

Christensen, J. O. (1991). Publish or perish. A selective bibliography. Monticello, Ill., USA: Vance Bibliographies.

 

Christian-Smith, L. K. (Ed.). (1998). Everyday knowledge and uncommon truths women of the academy. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

 

Christian-Smith, L. K., & Kellor, K. S. (Eds.). (1999). Everyday knowledge and uncommon truths: Women of the academy. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

 

Christie, F. (1987). The Morning News Genre: Using a Functional Grammar to Illuminate Educational Issues. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 10(2), 182-198.

 

Christie, F. (1987). Young Children's Writing: From Spoken to Written Genre. Language and Education, 1(1), 3-13.

 

Christie, F. (1995). Pedagogic Discourse in the Primary School. Linguistics and Education, 7(3), 221-242.

 

Christie, F. (Ed.). (1997). Genre and institutions social processes in the workplace and school. London Washington: Cassell.

 

Christie, F., & Martin, J. R. (Eds.). (1997). Genre and institutions: Social processes in the workplace and school. London Washington: Cassell.

 

Christoph, J. N., & Nystrand, M. (2001). Taking Risks, Negotiating Relationships: One Teachers Transition Toward a Dialogic Classroom. Research in the Teaching of English, 36(2), 249-286.

 

Chu, C. C. (1984). Beef It Up with Ne. Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association, 19(3), 87-91.

 

Chun, D. M. (1988). Teaching Intonation as Part of Communicative Competence: Suggestions for the Classroom. Unterrichtspraxis / Teaching German, 21(1), 81-88.

 

Chun, D. M. (1988). The Neglected Role of Intonation in Communicative Competence and Proficiency. Modern Language Journal, 72(3), 295-303.

 

Chung, J. M. (2002). The Effects of Using 2 Advance Organizers with Video Texts for the Teaching of Listening in English. Foreign Language Annals, 35(2), 231-241.

 

Church, J. (1976). Towards an Analysis of Discourse: The English Used by Teachers and Pupils. Communication Quarterly, 24(4), 52.

 

Cicourel, A. V. (1983). Language and the structure of belief in medical communication. In S. Fisher & A. D. Todd (Eds.), Discourse and institutional authority: medicine, education, and law. (pp. 221-239). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

 

Cicurel, F. (1984). La Conquete du sens: ou la nature metalinguistique de la communication en classe de langue. (The Conquest of Meaning: Or the Metalinguistic Nature of Communication in the Language Class). Francais dans le Monde, 23, 183, 40-46.

 

Cicurel, F. (1986). Le Discours en classe de langue, un discours sur mesure?. (Discourse in the Language Classroom-A Limited Discourse?). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 61, 103-113.

 

Cicurel, F. (1989). La Mise en scene du discours didactique dans l'enseignement des langues etrangeres. (Staging a Didactic Discourse in Second-Language Instruction). Bulletin CILA, 49, 7-20.

 

Cicurel, F. (1994). From One Learner to Another; D'un apprenant a l'autre. Francais dans le Monde, 33, 264, 43-48.

 

Cicurel, F. (1994). La Conversation sur papier. In J. A. Coleman, & R. Crawshaw (Eds.), Discourse Variety in Contemporary French: Descriptive and Pedagogical Approaches. (pp. 121-41). London: Assn. for Fr. Lang. Studies with Centre for Information on Lang. Teaching & Research.

 

Cicurel, F. (1996). Discursive Dynamics of Language Classroom Interactions; La Dynamique discursive des interactions en classe de langue. Francais dans le Monde, 36, J66-77.

 

Cicurel, F. (Ed.). (1994). Discours d'enseignement et discours médiatiques pour une recherche de la didacticité. (Paris): Presses de la Sorbonne nouvelle.

 

Cicurel, F., Lebre, M., & Petiot, G. (Eds.). (1994). Discours d'enseignement et discours médiatiques: Pour une recherche de la didacticité. Paris: Presses de la Sorbonne nouvelle.

 

Cima, L. R., & Schubeck, T. L. (2001). Self-Interest, Love, and Economic-Justice: A Dialogue Between Classical Economic Liberalism and Catholic Social Teaching. Journal of Business Ethics, 30(3), 213-231.

 

Clarence Fincham, J. (2001). Responding to academic discourse: Developing critical literacy at a South African university. In: Comber, Barbara, & Simpson, Anne. (Eds.), Negotiating critical literacies in classrooms. (pp. 245-257). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Clark, C., Moss, P. A., Goering, S., Herter, R. J., Lamar, B., Leonard, D., Robbins, S., Russell, M., Templin, M., & Wascha, K. (1996). Collaboration as Dialogue: Teachers and Researchers Engaged in Conversation and Professional-Development. American Educational Research Journal, 33(1), 193-231.

 

Clark, R. (Ed.). (1990). Language and power: Papers from the Twenty-Second Annual Meeting of the British Association for Applied Linguistics, held at Lancaster University, September 1989. London: Centre for Information on Language Teaching and Research for British Association for Applied Linguistics.

 

Clark, V. L. P., Miller, D. L., Creswell, J. W., McVea, K., Mcentarffer, R., Harter, L. M., & Mickelson, W. T. (2002). In Conversation: High-School-Students Talk to Students About Tobacco Use and Prevention Strategies. Qualitative Health Research, 12(9), 1264-1283.

 

Clarke, A. (2003). On being an object of research: Reflections from a professional perspective.  Applied Linguistics, 24(3), 374-385.

 

Clarke, D. D. (1978). The Syntax of Action. Oxford Review of Education, 4(3), 239-255.

 

 

Clarke, M. A. (1994). The Dysfunctions of the Theory/Practice Discourse. TESOL Quarterly, 28(1), 9-26.

 

Clegg, C. S. (1988). Critical reading and writing across the disciplines. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

 

Clegg, C. S., & Wheeler, M. M. (1991). Students writing across the disciplines. Fort Worth: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston.

 

Clegg, S., Parr, S., & Wan, S. (2003). Racialising Discourses in Higher Education.  Teaching in Higher Education, 8 (2), 155-168.

 

Clinchy, E. (1995). Sustaining and Expanding the Educational Conversation. phi Delta Kappan, 76(5), 353-354.

 

Clouder, L. (2000). Reflective Practice in Physiotherapy Education: A Critical Conversation. Studies in Higher Education, 25(2), 211-223.

 

Clyne, M. G. (1991). Directionality, Rhythm and Cultural Values in Discourse. In F. Christie (Ed.), Literacy in Social Processes. (pp. 37- 43). Darwin: Centre for Studies in Language in Education.

 

Cobb, P., Boufi, A., McClain, K., & Whitenack, J. (1997). Reflective discourse and collective reflection.  Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 28(3), 258-277.

 

Cobb, P., Wood, T., & Yackel, E. (1993). Discourse, mathematical thinking, and classroom practice.  In: Forman, Ellice A., & Minick, Norris. (Eds.), Contexts for learning:  Sociocultural dynamics in children's development. (pp. 91-119). London, Oxford University Press.

 

Coffin, C. (2003). Teaching academic writing. A toolkit for higher education. London New York: Routledge.

 

Cohen, E. G., & Lotan, R. A. (1995). Producing Equal-Status Interaction in the Heterogeneous Classroom. American Educational Research Journal, 32(1), 99-120.

 

Cohen, S., Tsai, F., & Chechile, R. (1995). A Model for Assessing Student Interaction with Educational Software. Behavior Research Methods Instruments & Computers, 27(2), 251-256.

 

Cole, K. N., Coggins, T. E., & Vanderstoep, C. (1999). The influence of language/cognitive profile on discourse intervention outcome. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services in Schools, 30(1), 61-67.

 

Cole, L. R. (1975). Linguistic Context in Relation to the Organisation and Function of Visual Elements. Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 17, 61-70.

 

Cole, P. B. (1995). Portfolio Talk in a Sixth-Grade Writing Workshop. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 56, 1, July, 83-A.

 

Coles, G. S. (2000). Literacy education, democratic discourse, and psychologists.  Peace and Conflict: Journal of Peace Psychology, 6(4), 333-338.

 

Colgan, L., Higginson, W., & Sinclair, N. (1999). Transforming Professional-Development: An Empirical-Study to Determine the Key Aspects of Electronic Collaboration and Social-Interaction in the Elementary Mathematics Teaching Community. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 45(3), 315-319.

 

 

Coll, C., & Edwards, D. (Eds.). (1997). Teaching, learning and classroom discourse:  Approaches to the study of educational discourse.  

 

Coll, C., & Onrubia, J. (1997). The construction of shared meanings in the classroom: Joint activity and semiotic mechanisms in the monitoring performed by teachers and learners.  In: Coll, Cesar, & Edwards, Derek. (Eds.), Teaching, learning and classroom discourse:  Approaches to the study of educational discourse. Culture & consciousness series./Coleccion cultura y conciencia. (pp. 49-65)..

 

Collins, J. (1982). Discourse style, classroom interaction and differential treatment.  Journal of Reading Behavior, 14(4), 429-437.

 

Collins, J. (2001). Selling the Market: Educational-Standards, Discourse and Social-Inequality. Critique of Anthropology, 21(2), 143-163.

 

Collopy, R. (2003). Curriculum Materials as a Professional-Development Tool: How a Mathematics Textbook Affected 2 Teachers Learning. Elementary School Journal, 103(3), 287-311.

 

Coman, P. (1996). Reading About the Enemy: School Textbook Representation of Germany Role in the War with Britain During the Period from April 1940 to May 1941. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 17(3), 327-340.

 

Comeaux, P. (1995). The Impact of an Interactive Distance Learning Network on Classroom Communication. Communication Education, 44(4), 353-361.

 

Comfort, J. R. (2001). African-American women's rhetorics and the culture of Eurocentric scholarly discourse. In: Panetta, Clayann Gilliam. (Ed.), Contrastive rhetoric revisited and redefined. (pp. 91-104). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Comfort, J. R. (2001). African-American women's rhetorics and the culture of Eurocentric scholarly discourse.  In: Panetta, Clayann Gilliam. (Ed.), Contrastive rhetoric revisited and redefined. (pp. 91-104). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Comley, N. R. (1984). Fields of writing. Readings across the disciplines. New York: St. Martin's Press.

 

Comley, N. R. (1998). Fields of reading. Motives for writing. New York: St. Martin's Press.

 

Condon, W., & Butler, W. (1997). Writing the information superhighway. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Connell, C. M., & Prinz, R. J. (2002). The Impact of Child-Care and Parent-Child Interactions on School Readiness and Social Skills Development for Low-Income African-American Children. Journal of School Psychology, 40(2), 177-193.

 

Connelly, F. M. (1992). Group context of professional development: Final report for SSHRC small scale study number 0911, March, 1992. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, Joint Centre for Teacher Development.

 

Connors, R. J. (1981). The Rise and Fall of the Modes of Discourse. College Composition and Communication, 32(4), 444-455.

 

Connors, R. J. (1997). Composition-rhetoric. Backgrounds, theory, and pedagogy. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press.

 

Constantinou, P., Daane, S., & Dev, P. (1994). Transforming Information for Computer-Aided-Instruction: Using a Socratic Dialog Method to Teach Gross-Anatomy. Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association(s), 1043-1043.

 

Conti-Ramsden, G. (1986). "Can You Put the Blocks Away?" Language-Impaired Children's Comprehension of Indirect Requests. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 2(1), 43-49.

 

Conti-Ramsden, G., & Friel-Patti, S. (1986). Mother-Child Dialogues: Considerations of Cognitive Complexity for Young Language Learning Children. British Journal of Disorders of Communication, 21(2), 245-255.

 

Conti-Ramsden, G., & Taylor, J. (1990). Teacher-Pupil Talk: Integrated vs Segregated Environments for Children with Severe Learning Difficulties. British Journal of Disorders of Communication, 25(1), 1-15.

 

Cook, D. A., & Fine, M. (1995). "Motherwit": Childrearing lessons from African-American mothers of low income. In: Swadener, Beth Blue, & Lubeck, Sally. (Eds.), Children and families "at promise":Deconstructing the discourse of risk. SUNY series, the social context of education. (pp. 118-142). Albany, NY, US: State University of New York Press. xi, 288

 

Cook, G. (1994). Repetition and Learning by Heart: An Aspect of Intimate Discourse, and Its Implications. English Language Teaching Journal, 48(2), 133-141.

 

Cook, H. M. (1996). The Use of Addressee Honorifics in Japanese Elementary School Classrooms. In Vol. 5, Akatsuka, Noriko, Iwasaki, Shoichi, & Strauss, Susan (Eds.), Japanese/Korean Linguistics. (pp. 67-81). Stanford, CA: Center Study Language & Information.

 

Cook Gumperz, J. (1991). Children's construction of "childness." In: Scales, Barbara, & Almy, Millie. (Eds.), Play and the social context of development in early care and education. Early childhood education series. (pp. 207-218). New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Cook-Gumperz, J., & Scales, B. (1996). Girls, boys, and just people: The interactional accomplishment of gender in the discourse of the nursery school. In: Slobin, Dan Isaac, &  Gerhardt, Julie (Eds.), Social interaction, social context, and language: Essays in honor of Susan Ervin-Tripp. (pp. 513-527). Mahwah, NJ, USA: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Cook Gumperz, J., & Szymanski, M. (2001). Classroom "families": Cooperating or competing-girls' and boys' interactional styles in a bilingual classroom.  Research on Language and Social Interaction, 34(1), 107-130.

 

Coolahan, K., Fantuzzo, J., Mendez, J., & Mcdermott, P. (2000). Preschool Peer Interactions and Readiness to Learn: Relationships Between Classroom Peer Play and Learning Behaviors and Conduct. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92(3), 458-465.

 

Cooper, C. R., Ayers-Lopez, S., & Marquis, A. (1982). Children's Discourse during Peer Learning in Experimental and Naturalistic Situations. Discourse Processes, 5(2), 177-191.

 

Cooper, M. M. (1990). The answers are not in the back of the book: Developing discourse practices in first-year English. In Richard Beach, & Susan Hynds (Eds.), Developing discourse practices in adolescence and adulthood. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 39. (pp. 65-90). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Cooper, P., & McIntyre, D. (1994). Patterns of Interaction Between Teachers and Students Classroom Thinking, and Their Implications for the Provision of Learning Opportunities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 10(6), 633-646.

 

Coplan, R. J., & Prakash, K. (2003). Spending Time with Teacher: Characteristics of Preschoolers Who Frequently Elicit Versus Initiate Interactions with Teachers. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 18(1), 143-158.

 

Coquin-Viennot, D., & Coirier, P. (1992). Structures of Argumentative Discourse: Effects of Type of Referential Space. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 7(3), 219-229.

 

Coracini, M. J. R. F. (1990). Analise de discurso e uso do texto cientifico na pedagogia de lingua estrangeira. (Discourse Analysis and the Use of Scientific Texts in Second-Language Instruction). Trabalhos em Linguistica Aplicada, 16, 7-19.

 

Coracini, M. J. R. F. (1990). Contribuicao para uma analise do discurso pedagogico. (A Contribution to Pedagogical Discourse Analysis). ESPecialist, 11(1), 49-58.

 

Corbett, J. (2001). Contrastive rhetoric and resistance to writing. In: Panetta, Clayann Gilliam. (Ed.), Contrastive rhetoric revisited and redefined. (pp. 31-46). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Corbett, J. (2001). Contrastive rhetoric and resistance to writing.  In: Panetta, Clayann Gilliam. (Ed.), Contrastive rhetoric revisited and redefined. (pp. 31-46). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Corden, R. (2001). Group discussion and the importance of a shared perspective: Learning from collaborative research.  Qualitative Research, 1(3), 347-367.

 

Corsaro, W. A. (1994). Discussion, debate, and friendship processes: Peer discourse in U.S. and Italian nursery schools.  Sociology of Education, 67(1), 1-26.

 

Corsaro, W. A. (1994). Discussion, Debate, and Friendship Processes: Peer Discourse in United-States and Italian Nursery Schools. Sociology of Education, 67(1), 1-26.

 

Corson, D. (1997). Gender, discourse and senior education: Ligatures for girls, options for boys?  In: Wodak, Ruth. (Ed.), Gender and discourse. Sage studies in discourse. (pp. 140-164). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc.

 

Corson, D. (Ed.). (1995). Discourse and power in educational organizations. Cresskill, N.J.: Hampton Press.

 

Corson, D. J. (1992). Language, Gender and Education: A Critical Review Linking Social Justice and Power. Gender and Education, 4(3), 229-254.

 

Corson, D. J. (1992). Minority Cultural-Values and Discourse Norms in Majority Culture Classrooms. Canadian Modern Language Review-Revue Canadienne des Langues Vivantes, 48(3), 472-496.

 

Corson, D. J. (1993). Discursive bias and ideology in the administration of minority group interests.  Language in Society, 22(2), 165-191.

 

Corson, D. J. (1994). Minority Social Groups and Nonstandard Discourse: Towards a Just Language Policy. Canadian Modern Language Review / Revue canadienne des langues vivantes, 50(2), 271-295.

 

Cortese, G. (1987). Interaction in the Fl Classroom: From Reactive to Proactive Experience of Language. System, 15(1), 27-41.

 

Cortese, G., & Riley, P. (2002). Domain-specific English. Textual practices across communities and classrooms. Bern Oxford: Peter Lang.

 

Coste, D. (1984). Les Discours naturels de la classe. (Natural Discourse Types of the Class). Francais dans le Monde, 23, 183, 16-25.

 

Coste, D. (1986). Constitution et evolution des discours de la didactique du francais langue etrangere. (Constitution and Evolution of Discourses in the Teaching of French as a Foreign Language). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 61, 52-63.

 

Coste, D. (1991). Genres de textes et modes discursifs dans l'enseignement/apprentissage des langues. (Text Genres and Discourse Modes in the Teaching/Learning of Languages). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 83, 75-88.

 

Cots, J. M. (1993). Sociological Variables and Interactional Strategies: Conversations between Instructors and Students at a Catalan University. Sintagma, 5, 25-35.

 

Cotter, K. C. (1964). Explorations and discourse on school failures.  Catholic Educational Review,holic Educational Review. 1964; 61(3), 169-182.

 

Cotton, P. (1998). The framing of knowledge and practice in psychology: A response to John.  Australian Psychologist, 33(1), 31-37.

 

Coulmas, F. (1985). Diskursive Routine im Fremdsprachenerwerb. (Discursive Routine in Second-Language Acquisition). Sprache und Literatur in Wissenschaft und Unterricht, 16, 2(56), 47-66.

 

Coulon, R. (1988). Discourse Analysis versus Text Analysis: The Reading of Ideology in Foreign Language Texts. International Journal for the Semiotics of Law / Revue Internationale de Semiotique Juridique, 1(2), 195-215.

 

Coulthard, R. M. (1985). An Introduction to Discourse Analysis. 2nd edition. London: Longman.

 

Coulthard, R. M. (Ed.). (1987). Discussing Discourse. Birmingham, English Language Research.

 

Courts, P. L. (1997). Multicultural literacies: Dialect, discourse, and diversity. New York: P. Lang.

 

Cowie, A. P., & Heaton, J. B. (Eds.). (1977). English for academic purposes. Papers on the language problems of overseas students in higher education in the UK. Reading: British Association for Applied Linguistics.

 

Cowie, H. (Ed.). (2000). Social interaction in learning and instruction the meaning of discourse for the construction of knowledge. Oxford New York: Pergamon.

 

Cowie, H., & van der Aalsvoort, G. (Eds.). (2000). Social interaction in learning and instruction:  The meaning of discourse for the construction of knowledge.  Amsterdam, Netherlands: Pergamon/Elsevier Science Inc. 

 

Crago, M. B., Eriksbrophy, A., Pesco, D., & Mcalpine, L. (1997). Culturally Based Miscommunication in Classroom Interaction. Language Speech and Hearing Services in Schools, 28(3), 245-254.

 

Craig, H. K., & Washington, J. A. (1995). African-American English and Linguistic Complexity in Preschool Discourse: A Second Look. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 26(1), 87-93.

 

Craig, M. T., Bright, R. M., & Smith, S. A. (1994). Preservice Teachers Reactions to an Interactive Constructive Approach to English-Language Arts Coursework. Journal of Teacher Education, 45(2), 96-103.

 

Crawford, J. R. (1978). Utterance Rules, Turn-Taking and Attitudes in Enquiry Openers. Studies in Descriptive Linguistics, 1, 95-114.

 

Crawford, L., Helwig, R., & Tindal, G. (2004). Writing performance assessments: How important is extended time?  Journal of Learning Disabilities, 37 (2), 132-142.

 

Crawford, T., Chen, C., & Kelly, G. J. (1997). Creating authentic opportunities for presenting science: The influence of audience on student talk.  Journal of Classroom Interaction, 32(2), 1-13.

 

Creamer, E. G. (1998). Assessing faculty publication productivity. Issues of equity. Washington, DC: Graduate School of Education and Human Development, George Washington University.

 

Creese, A. (1991). Speech Act Variation in British and American English. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 7(2), 37-58.

 

Creese, A. (2003). Language, Ethnicity and the Mediation of Allegations of Racism: Negotiating Diversity and Sameness in Multilingual School Discourses.  International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 6 (3-4), 221-236.

 

Cremet, F. (1988). La Langue de specialite des reunions internationales existe-t-elle?. (International Meetings: Another Field for English for Specific Purposes?). Cahiers de l'Apliut, 7, 3-4(28-29), 51-61.

 

Crewe, W. J., Wright, C. L., & Leung-Wing-Kwong, M. (1985). Connectives: On the Other Hand, Who Needs Them Though?. Working Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching, 8, 61-75.

 

Crismore, A. (1990). Metadiscourse and discourse processes: Interactions and issues. Discourse Processes, 13(2), 191-205.

 

Crismore, A., & Hill, K. T. (1988). The interaction of metadiscourse and anxiety in determining children's learning of social studies textbook materials.  Journal of Reading Behavior, 20(3), 249-268.

 

Critchley, S. (1994). Discourse Variety in Contemporary French Language: A Pedagogical Approach. In J. A. Coleman, & R. Crawshaw (Eds.), Discourse Variety in Contemporary French: Descriptive and Pedagogical Approaches. (pp. 203-36). London: Assn. for Fr. Lang. Studies with Centre for Information on Lang. Teaching & Research.

 

Crosling, G. (1996). Multi-Level Structure of Meaning in a Business Law Tutorial. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 19(1), 89-110.

 

Cross, R. T. (1997). Ideology and Science Teaching: Teachers Discourse. International Journal of Science Education, 19(5), 607-616.

 

Crossley, M., & Murby, M. (1994). Textbook Provision and the Quality of the School Curriculum in Developing-Countries: Issues and Policy Options. Comparative Education, 30(2), 99-114.

 

Crothers, E. J. (1978). Inference and Coherence. Discourse Processes, 1(1), 51-71.

 

Crouch, I. M., & Dubois, B. L. (1977). Interpersonal Communication in the Classroom: Which Sex's Speech Is Inferior? Journal of the Linguistic Association of the Southwest, 2, 3-4, 129-142.

 

Crowell, J. A., Waters, E., Treboux, D., O'Connor, E., & et al.  (1996). Discriminant validity of the Adult Attachment Interview. Child Development, 67(5), 2584-2599.

 

Crowhurst, M. (1987). Cohesion in Argument and Narration at Three Grade Levels. Research in the Teaching of English, 21(2), 185-201.

 

Crowhurst, M. (1990). Teaching and learning the writing of persuasive/argumentative discourse.  Canadian Journal of Education, 15(4), 348-359.

 

Crowhurst, M. (1990). The development of persuasive/argumentative writing. In Richard Beach, & Susan Hynds (Eds.), Developing discourse practices in adolescence and adulthood. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 39. (pp. 200-223). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Crowhurst, M. (1991). Interrelationships between Reading and Writing Persuasive Discourse. Research in the Teaching of English, 25(3), 314-338.

 

Crowley, T. (1989). The politics of discourse: The standard language question in British cultural debates. Basingstoke: Macmillan Education.

 

Ctr-National de la-Recherche-Scientifique  (1975). Elements verbaux et non-verbaux dans l'analyse discursive du seminaire (Anglais britannique). (Verbal and Non-Verbal Elements in the Discursive Analysis of the Seminar (British English)). Melanges   Centre de Recherches et d'Applications pedagogiques en Langues, 45-54.-

 

Cudd, E. T., & Roberts, L. (1989). Using Writing to Enhance Content Area Learning in the Primary Grades. Reading Teacher, 42(6), 392-404.

 

Culler, J. (1976). Presupposition and Intertextuality. MLN, Modern Language Notes, 91(6), 1380-1396.

 

Culler, J. D., & Lamb, K. (Eds.). (2003). Just being difficult? Academic writing in the public arena. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.

 

Cunha, W. M. (1991). The Textural Structure of the Genre "Negotiation of Correction of Oral Production" in Efl Classes. ESPecialist, 12, 1-2, 59-82.

 

Curry, B. (Ed.). (1988). Essays that worked for law schools. 35 essays from successful applications to the nation's top law schools. New Haven: Mustang Pub.

 

Curry, B., & Baer, E. A. (Eds.). (2003). Essays that worked for law schools. 40 essays from successful applications to the nation's top law schools. New York: Ballantine Books.

 

Curti, C. (1993). Practicing Conversation Ending; Ubungen zur Gesprachsbeendigung. Beitrage zur Fremdsprachenvermittlung aus dem Konstanzer SLI, 25, 34-43.

 

Cutts, S., & Sigafoos, J. (2001). Social Competence and Peer Interactions of Students with Intellectual Disability in an Inclusive High-School. Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability, 26(2), 127-141.

 

Cyr, C., & Moss, E. (2001). Mother-Toddler Interaction and Maternal Depression in Predicting the Attachment of a School-Age Child. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science-Revue Canadienne des Sciences du Comportement, 33(2), 77-87.

 

Czaja, C. F. (1999). The Effect of Teacher Style on Interactive Engagement. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 14(1), 71-74.

 

Daeid, N. N. (2001). The Development of Interactive World-Wide-Web Based Teaching Material in Forensic-Science. British Journal of Educational Technology, 32(1), 105-108.

 

Dale, H. (1994). Collaborative Writing Interactions in One 9th-Grade Classroom. Journal of Educational Research, 87(6), 334-344.

 

Daly, P. M. (1986). The Verbal Behavior of Students with Learning Disabilities during Reading Instruction with the Language Experience Approach and Two Mastery Learning Programs. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(5), 1686-3.

 

Daniel, P. (1996). Helping Beginning Teachers Link Theory to Practice: An Interactive Multimedia Environment for Mathematics and Science Teacher Preparation. Journal of Teacher Education, 47(3), 197-204.

 

Dannels, D. P. (2000). Learning to Be Professional: Technical Classroom Discourse, Practice, and Professional Identity Construction. Journal of Business and Technical Communication, 14(1), 5-37.

 

Danzberger, J. P., & Friedman, W. (1997). Public Conversations About the Publics Schools: The Public Agenda Institute for Educational-Leadership Town Meeting Project. phi Delta Kappan, 78(10), 744-748.

 

Daradoumis, T., & Marques, J. M. (2002). Distributed cognition in the context of virtual collaborative learning.  Journal of Interactive Learning Research, 13(1-2), 135-148.

 

DaRosa, D. A., O'Sullivan, P. S., Younger, M., & Deterding, R. (2001). Measuring critical thinking in problem-based learning discourse.  Teaching and Learning in Medicine, 13(1), 27-35.

 

Darot, M. (1988). Fragments de discours politique. (Fragments of Political Discourse). Francais dans le Monde, 29, 217, 10-11.

 

Das, B. K. (1978). An Analysis of Some 'Supra-Grammatical' Aspects of Writing Done by Undergraduate Students. CIEFL Bulletin, 14(2), 9-27.

 

Davenport, J., Reid, D. K., & Fortner, A. K. (1999). Systemic Practitioner Discourses: Implications for Consultation Between General and Special Educators. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 10(1), 25-50.

 

Davey, K. M., & Arnold, J. (2000). A multi-method study of accounts of personal change by graduates starting work: Self-ratings, categories and women's discourses.  Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 73(4), 461-486.

 

Davies, B. (Ed.). (1997). Oral discourse and education. Dordrecht Boston: Kluwer.

 

Davies, J. (2003). Expressions of Gender: An Analysis of Pupils Gendered Discourse Styles in Small-Group Classroom Discussions. Discourse & Society, 14(2), 115-132.

 

Davies, J. (2003). Expressions of gender: An analysis of pupils' gendered discourse styles in small group classroom discussions.  Discourse and Society, 14 (2), 115-132.

 

Davis, A., Clarke, M. A., & Rhodes, L. K. (1994). Extended Text and the Writing Proficiency of Students in Urban Elementary-Schools. Journal of Educational Psychology, 86(4), 556-566.

 

Davis, C. A., Reichle, J., Southard, K., & Johnston, S. (1998). Teaching-Children with Severe Disabilities to Utilize Nonobligatory Conversational Opportunities: An Application of High-Probability Requests. Journal of the Association for Persons With Severe Handicaps, 23(1), 57-68.

 

Davis, L., & McKay, S. (1996). Structures and strategies. An introduction to academic writing. South Melbourne: Macmillan Education Australia.

 

Dawkins, J. (1995). Teaching Punctuation as a Rhetorical Tool. College Composition and Communication, 46(4), 533-548.

 

Dawson, J. (2003). Reflectivity, Creativity, and the Space for Silence.  Reflective Practice, 4 (1), 33-39.

 

Day, K., & Eodice, M. (2001). (First person)2. A study of co-authoring in the academy. Logan: Utah State University Press.

 

De Cindio, F., & Simone, C. (1993). The universes of discourse for education and action/research. In: Green, Eileen, & Owen, Jenny. (Eds.), Gendered by design? Information technology and office systems. Gender and society: Feminist perspectives on the past and present. (pp. 173-193). Philadelphia, PA, US: Taylor & Francis. vii, 218 pp.

 

De Cindio, F., & Simone, C. (1993). The universes of discourse for education and action/research.  In: Green, Eileen, & Owen, Jenny. (Eds.), Gendered by design? Information technology and office systems. Gender and society: Feminist perspectives on the past and present. (pp. 173-193). Philadelphia, PA: Taylor & Francis.

 

De Fina, A. (1997). An analysis of Spanish  bien  as a marker of classroom management in teacher-student interaction.  Journal of Pragmatics, 28(3), 337-354.

 

De Klerk, V. (1995). The Discourse of Postgraduate Seminars. Linguistics and Education, 7(3), 157-174.

 

De Mattos, M. A. B. (1989). Supletivo: O discurso paralelo. Campinas-SP-Brasil: Editora da UNICAMP.

 

De Pereda, M. C. (1991). Gesto, juego y palabra: El discurso infantil. /Gesture, play and word: The infantile discourse. Revista Uruguaya de Psicoanalisis, 74, 24-44.

 

Deadman, P., Hall, G. B., Bain, T., Elliot, L., & Dudycha, D. (2000). Interactive Gis Instruction Using a Multimedia Classroom. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 24(3), 365-380.

 

Debard, R., & Kubow, P. K. (2002). From Compliance to Commitment: The Need for Constituent Discourse in Implementing Testing Policy. Educational Policy, 16(3), 387-405.

 

Debyser, F. (1980). Exprimer son desaccord (E. D.). (Expressing Disagreement (ED)). Francais dans le Monde, 20, 153, 80-88.

 

Decorte, E., Verschaffel, L., & Vandeven, A. (2001). Improving Text Comprehension Strategies in Upper Primary-School Children: A Design Experiment. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 71(Dec), 531-559.

 

Defina, A. (1997). An Analysis of Spanish Bien as a Marker of Classroom Management in Teacher-Student Interaction. Journal of Pragmatics, 28(3), 337-354.

 

Dekruif, R. E. L., McWilliam, R. A., Ridley, S. M., & Wakely, M. B. (2000). Classification of Teachers Interaction Behaviors in Early-Childhood Classrooms. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 15(2), 247-268.

 

Delamont, S., Davies, B., & Atkinson, P. (Eds.). (1995). Discourse and reproduction: Essays in honor of Basil Bernstein. Cresskill, N.J.: Hampton Press.

 

Deleau, M., Gandon, E., & Taburet, V. (1993). Semiotic mediation in guiding interactions with young children: The role of context and communication handicap on distanciation in adult discourse. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 8(4), 473-486.

 

Deledalle, G. E., Searle, J. R., Apel, K. O., Greimas, A. J., Landowski, E., Armengaud, F., Chauvire, C., Eschbach, A., Gutterer, G., Jappy, A., Stetter, C., Bernard-Becharies, J. F., Berrendonner, A., & Bonfant. (1989). Semiotics And Pragmatics: Proceedings Of The Perpignan Symposium. Sociolinguistics, 18, 1-2, 51-63.

 

Delgado-Gaitan, C. (1996). Protean literacy: Extending the discourse on empowerment. Washington, D.C.: Falmer Press.

 

Delisle, J. (1979). L'Analyse du discours comme methode de traduction. (Discourse Analysis as a Method of Translation). Folia Linguistica, 13, 1-2, 55-62.

 

Delorme, L. (1979). L'Analyse du discours dans les revues de psychologie. (Analysis of Discourse in Psychology Journals). Bulletin pedagogique, 61, 35, 57-75.

 

Delsaut, Y. (1975). L'Economie du langage populaire. (The Economy of Popular Language). Actes de la recherche en sciences sociales, 1(4), 33-40.

 

Demirjian, A. (1994). Interactive-Multimedia Teaching of Medical Sciences in the 21st-Century: The Temporomandibular-Joint. Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association(s), 1040-1040.

 

Dempsey, J. V., & Vaneck, R. (2003). Modality and Placement of a Pedagogical Adviser in Individual Interactive Learning. British Journal of Educational Technology, 34(5), 585-600.

 

Denham, S. A., Cook, M., & Zoller, D. (1992). 'Baby Looks Very Sad': Implications of Conversations about Feelings between Mother and Preschooler. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 10(3), 301-315.

 

Denyer, J., & Florio Ruane, S. (1995). Mixed messages and missed opportunities: Moments of transformation in writing conferences and teacher education.  Teaching and Teacher Education, 11(6), 539-551.

 

Derr, R. L. (1989). Insights on the nature of intelligence from ordinary discourse.  Intelligence, 13(2), 113-118.

 

Derrick, R. P. (1986). An Analysis of a Conceptual Model of Influences on Teachers' Verbal Questioning during Reading Discussions. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(6), 2098-3.

 

Desimone, L. M. (1993). Racial Discourse in a Community: Language and the Social Construction of Race. Journal of Negro Education, 62(4), 414-418.

 

Desmarais, D., & Grell, P. (1986). Les Récits de vie: Théorie, méthode et trajectoires types. Montréal, Québec: Editions Saint-Martin.

 

DeStefano, J. S. (1990). Assessing Students' Communicative Competence Using a Linguistic Analysis Procedure. Linguistics and Education, 2(2), 127-145.

 

Develotte, C. (1996). Discursive Interactions Functioning in an Educational System: Report of an Approach; Les Interactions discursives en jeu dans un systeme educatif: recit d'une demarche. Francais dans le Monde, 36, J142-149.

 

Devlieger, P. J. (1999). Frames of reference in African proverbs on disability.  International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 46(4), 439-451.

 

DeWitt, J. M. Z. (1988). A Description of Functionally Based English as a Second Language Textbooks: Speech Act, Speech Event, Speech Situation. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 49(3), 379-3.

 

Di Venuti, B. (1968). A textbook writing guide for teacher organizations in Africa. Nairobi]: Equatorial Publishers.

 

Diamondstone, J. (2002). Keeping resistance in view in an activity theory analysis.  Mind, Culture, and Activity, 9(1), 2-21.

 

Diamondstone, J. V. (1997). Contested Relations and Authoritative Texts: 7th-Grade Students (1987) and Legal-Professionals (1954) Argue Brown-V-Board-of-Education. Written Communication, 14(2), 189-220.

 

Dickinson, D. K. (1991). Teacher agenda and setting: Constraints on conversation in preschools.  In: McCabe, Allyssa, & Peterson, Carole. (Eds.), Developing narrative structure. (pp. 255-301). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.

 

Dickinson, D. K., Cote, L., & Smith, M. W. (1993). Learning vocabulary in preschool: Social and discourse contexts affecting vocabulary growth. In: Daiute, Colette. (Ed.), The development of literacy through social interaction. New directions for child development, No. 61: The Jossey-Bass education series. (pp. 67-78). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass/Pfeiffer.

 

Dickinson, G. B., Holifield, M. L., Holifield, G., & Creer, D. G. (2000). Elementary Magnet School Students Interracial Interaction Choices. Journal of Educational Research, 93(6), 391-394.

 

Dickson, M. (1995). It's not like that here. Teaching academic writing and reading to novice writers. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook Publishers.

 

Digisi, L. L., & Willett, J. B. (1995). What High-School Biology Teachers Say About Their Textbook Use: A Descriptive Study. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 32(2), 123-142.

 

Diller, D. (1999). Opening the Dialogue: Using Culture as a Tool in Teaching Young African-American Children. Reading Teacher, 52(8), 820-828.

 

Dillon, D. R., & Moje, E. B. (1998). Listening to the talk of adolescent girls: Lessons about literacy, school, and life. In: Alvermann, Donna E., & Hinchman, Kathleen A. (Eds.), Reconceptualizing the literacies in adolescents' lives. (pp. 193-223). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Dillon, D. R., & Moje, E. B. (1998). Listening to the talk of adolescent girls: Lessons about literacy, school, and life.  In: Alvermann, Donna E., & Hinchman, Kathleen A. (Eds.), Reconceptualizing the literacies in adolescents' lives. (pp. 193-223). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Dillon, G. L. (1991). Contending rhetorics. Writing in academic disciplines. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

 

Dimopoulos, K., Koulaidis, V., & Sklaveniti, S. (2003). Towards an Analysis of Visual Images in School Science Textbooks and Press Articles About Science-and-Technology. Research in Science Education, 33(2), 189-216.

 

Dixon, G. (2001). Reflecting on education: Discourse, positioning, and "problems".  New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 36(1), 109-113.

 

Dixon, K. (1997). Making relationships. Gender in the forming of academic community. New York: P. Lang.

 

Dobrin, S. I., & Weisser, C. R. (2002). Natural discourse. Toward ecocomposition. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Doerfler, W. (2000). Means for meaning. In: Cobb, Paul, & Yackel, Erna. (Eds.), Symbolizing and communicating in mathematics classrooms:Perspectives on discourse, tools, and instructional design. (pp. 99-131). Mahwah, NJ, US: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers. x, 411 pp.

 

Dolz, J. (1995). Acquiring the Ability of Argumentation. A Study of the Effects of the Systematic and Intensive Teaching of Argumentative Discourse to Children Aged 11 and 12; L'Apprentissage des capacites argumentatives. Etude des effets d'un enseignement systematique et intensif du discours argumentatif chez des enfants de 11-12 ans. Bulletin suisse de linguistique appliquee, 61, 137-169.

 

Dolz, J. (1996). Learning Argumentative Capacities. A Study of the Effects of a Systematic and Intensive Teaching of Argumentative Discourse in 11-12 Year Old Children. Argumentation, 10(2), 227-251.

 

Domingo, R. A. (1994). The expression of pragmatic intentions in adults with mental retardation during instructional discourse. In Ronald L. Bloom, Loraine K. Obler, Susan De Santi, & Jonathan S. Ehrlich (Eds.), Discourse analysis and applications: Studies in adult clinical populations. (pp. 111-130). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Donahue, D. M. (2000). Experimenting with Texts: New Science Teachers Experience and Practice as Readers and Teachers of Reading. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 43(8), 728-739.

 

Donahue, J. (1997). It Doesnt Matter: Some Cautionary Findings About Sex and Representation from School Committee Conversations. Policy Studies Journal, 25(4), 630-647.

 

Donin, J., Doehring, D. G., & Browns, F. (1991). Text comprehension and reading achievement in orally educated hearing-impaired children. Discourse Processes, 14(3), 307-337.

 

Donley, M. (1976). The Paragraph in Advanced Composition: A Heuristic Approach. English Language Teaching Journal, 30(3), 224-235.

 

Donnelly, W. J. (1986). Medical Language as Symptom: Doctor Talk in Teaching Hospitals. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine, 30(1), 81-94.

 

Donoahue, Z., Van Tassell, M. A., & Patterson, L. (Eds.). (1996). Research in the classroom. Talk, texts, and inquiry. International Reading Assn..

 

Doolittle, J. H. (1995). Using Riddles and Interactive Computer Games to Teach Problem-Solving Skills. Teaching of Psychology, 22(1), 33-36.

 

Dorn, D. S. (1990). Sociologists Discourse on Students: An Impressionistic Analysis. Teaching Sociology, 18(1), 1-9.

 

Dorr Bremme, D. W. (1990). Contextualization cues in the classroom: Discourse regulation and social control functions.  Language in Society, 19(3), 379-402.

 

Dorrbremme, D. W. (1990). Contextualization Cues in the Classroom: Discourse Regulation and Social-Control Functions. Language in Society, 19(3), 379-402.

 

Dorsey, J. K., Gocey, J., Murrell, K., Rindererrand, H., Hall, C., & Myers, J. H. (1996). Medical-Student Response to an Interactive Patient Simulation Program Used to Supplement Child-Abuse Education. Child Abuse & Neglect, 20(10), 973-977.

 

Doukanari, E. (1995). Applying Discourse Analysis to Students' Videotaped Performances: A Recent Methodology, a New Beginning. In M. A. Haggstrom, L. Z. Morgan, & J. A. Wieczorek (Eds.), The Foreign Language Classroom: Bridging Theory and Practice. (pp. 71-88). New York: Garland.

 

Doumato, E. A. (2003). Manning the Barricades: Islam According to Saudi-Arabia School Texts. Middle East Journal, 57(2), 230-247.

 

Dowdey, D. (1990). The researching reader. Source-based writings across the disciplines. Fort Worth, Tex.: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

 

Drapeau, L. (1995). Code Switching in Caretaker Speech and Bilingual Competence in a Native Village of Northern Quebec. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 113, 157-164.

 

Draper, R. J. (2002). Every Teacher a Literacy Teacher: An Analysis of the Literacy-Related Messages in Secondary Methods Textbooks. Journal of Literacy Research, 34(3), 357-384.

 

Driscoll, M. P., Moallem, M., Dick, W., & Kirby, E. (1994). How Does the Textbook Contribute to Learning in a Middle School Science Class. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 19(1), 79-100.

 

Droll, B. W. (1988). Teaching College Composition Freshmen to Structure Discourse: The Effects of Text Summarizing versus Sentence Outlining. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 48(9), 2263-A.

 

Drower, S. J. (2000). Globalization: An Opportunity for Dialogue Between South-African and Asian Social-Work Educators. Indian Journal of Social Work, 61(1), 12-31.

 

Ducharme, J. M., & Spencer, T. F. (2001). Training Brain Injury Rehabilitation Therapists to Use Generalized Teaching and Interaction Skills. Brain Injury, 15(4), 333-347.

 

Dudley Evans, T. (2002). The teaching of the academic essay: Is a genre approach possible? In: Johns, Ann M. (Ed.), Genre in the classroom:Multiple perspectives. (pp. 225-235). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Dudley Marling, C., & Dippo, D. (1995). What learning disability does: Sustaining the ideology of schooling.  Journal of Learning Disabilities, 28(7), 408-414.

 

Dudley Marling, C. C., & Rhodes, L. K. (1987). Pragmatics and literacy.  Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 18(1), 41-52.

 

Duerksen, A. N. (1995). A Descriptive Study of the Discourse Skills of Nonnative Speaker Teaching Assistants. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 56, 1, July, 106-A-107-A.

 

Duff, P. A. (1996). Different Languages, Different Practices: Socialization of Discourse Competence in Dual-Language School Classrooms in Hungary. In Bailey, Kathleen M., & Nunan, David (Eds.), Voices From the Language Classroom: Qualitative Research in Second Language Education. (pp. 407-433). New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.

 

Duff, P. A. (2002). The discursive co-construction of knowledge, identity, and difference: Ethnography of communication in the high school mainstream.  Applied Linguistics, 23(3), 289-322.

 

Duffy, J., Warren, K., & Walsh, M. (2001). Classroom Interactions: Gender of Teacher, Gender of Student, and Classroom Subject. sex Roles, 45(9-10), 579-593.

 

DuFon, M. A. (1993). Referential and relational meaning in interpreted discourse.  Journal of Pragmatics, 20(6), 533-558.

 

Dufresne Tasse, C., Sauve, M., Weltzl Fairchild, A., Banna, N., Lepage, Y., & Dassa, C. (1998). Pour des expositions museales plus educatives, acceder a l'experience de visiteur adulte: Elaboration d'un instrument d'analyse. / Assessment of adult visitors for more educational museum exhibits: Elaboration of an instrument for analysis.  Canadian Journal of Education, 23(4), 421-437.

 

Dugan, J. A. R. (1997). Patterns of response: Struggling readers respond to a real book during Transactional Literature Discussions.  In: Linek, Wayne M., & Sturtevant, Elizabeth G. (Eds.), Exploring literacy. (pp. 2-16). Pittsburg, KS: College Reading Association.

 

Duit, R., Roth, W. M., Komorek, M., & Wilbers, J. (1998). Conceptual Change Cum Discourse Analysis to Understand Cognition in a Unit on Chaotic Systems: Towards an Integrative Perspective on Learning in Science. International Journal of Science Education, 20(9), 1059-1073.

 

Duke, C. R., & Sanchez, R. (2001). Assessing writing across the curriculum. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press.

 

Duncan, G. A. (1996). Space, Place and the Problematic of Race: Black-Adolescent Discourse as Mediated Action. Journal of Negro Education, 65(2), 133-150.

 

Duncan, J. (2000). Conversational skills of children with hearing loss and children with normal hearing in an integrated setting.  Volta Review, 101(4), 193-211.

 

Duncan, N. (2003). 'Race' talk: Discourse on 'race' and racial difference.  International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 27(2), 135-156.

 

Dunn, J. (1993). Social interaction, relationships, and the development of causal discourse and conflict management. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 8(4), 391-401.

 

Duong, A., & Ska, B. (2001). Production of narratives: Picture sequence facilitates organizational but not conceptual processing in less educated subjects.  Brain and Cognition, 46(1-2), 121-124.

 

Duran, E. M., & Unamuno, V. (2001). The discourse marker  a ver  (Catalan,  a veure ) in teacher-student interaction.  Journal of Pragmatics, 33(2), 193-208.

 

Duran, E. M., & Unamuno, V. (2001). The Discourse Marker a VER (Catalan, a Veure) in Teacher-Student Interaction. Journal of Pragmatics, 33(2), 193-208.

 

Duran, R. P. (1985). Discourse skills of bilingual children: Precursors of literacy.  International Journal of the Sociology of Language,ernational Journal of the Sociology of Language. 1985; No 53, 99-114.

 

Duran, R. P. (1995). Literacy among Latinos: Focus on School Contexts. Discourse Processes: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 19(1.

 

Durkin, D. B. (1987). Writing in the disciplines. New York: Random House.

 

Durst, R. K., & Newell, G. E. (1989). The uses of function: James Britton's category system and research on writing.  Review of Educational Research, 59(4), 375-394.

 

Dussel, I. (2001). What can multiculturalism tell us about difference? The reception of multicultural discourses in France and Argentia. In: Grant, Carl A., & Lei, Joy L. (Eds.), Global constructions of multicultural education:Theories and realities. Sociocultural, political, and historical studies in education. (pp. 93-114). Mahwah, NJ, US: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Dwight, D. M. (1986). Analysis of Pragmatic Functions in the Language of Preschool Black Children. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 46(7), 1856-3.

 

Dwyer, D., Barbieri, K., & Doerr, H. M. (1995). Creating a Virtual Classroom for Interactive Education on the Web. Computer Networks and Isdn Systems, 27(6), 897-904.

 

Dysthe, O. (1996). The Multivoiced Classroom: Interactions of Writing and Classroom Discourse. Written Communication, 13(3), 385-425.

 

Early, M. (1991). Discourse Analysis in English as a Second-Language Instruction: The Vancouver Study. Revue de l'ACLA / Journal of the CAAL, 13(2), 23-36.

 

Early, M. M. (1986). Input and Interaction in Content Classrooms: Foreigner-Talk and Teacher-Talk in Classroom Discourse. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 46(7), 1920-8.

 

Echavarria, J. (1986). III Encuentro Regional de Semiologia y Linguistica Aplicada. (Third Regional Conference on Semiology and Applied Linguistics). Glotta, 1(1), 31-32.

 

Eckert, H. (1989). Die didaktischen Funktionen der Lehrersprache als Zugang fur die Analyse der sprachlichen Tatigkeit des Lehrenden im Fremdsprachenunterricht. (On the Didactic Functions of Teacher's Language as Access to an Analysis of the Teacher's Linguistic Performance in Second-Language Instruction). Potsdamer Forschungen der padagogischen Hochschule "Karl Liebknecht" Potsdam, Reihe A, 101, 84-91.

 

Edelsky, C., Smith, K., & Wolfe, P. (2002). A discourse on academic discourse.  Linguistics and Education, 13(1), 1-38.

 

Edgar, C., & Wood, S. N. (Eds.). (1996). The nearness of you. Students & teachers writing on-line. New York: Teachers & Writers Collaborative.

 

Edge, J. (Ed.). (2001). Action research. Alexandria, VA: Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages.

 

Edmondson, W. J. (1980). Some Problems Concerning the Evaluation of Foreign Language Classroom Discourse. Applied Linguistics, 1(3), 271-287.

 

Edmondson, W. J. (1985). Discourse Worlds in the Classroom and in Foreign Language Learning. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 7(2), 159-168.

 

Edmondson, W. J., House, J., Kasper, G., & Stemmer, B. (1982). Kommunikation: Lernen un Lehren. Berichte und Perspektiven aus einem Forschungsprojekt. (Communication: Learning and Teaching. Reports and Prospects of a Research Project). Manuskripte zur Sprachlehrforschung, 20, 1-121.

 

Edmonson, W., House, J., Kasper, G., & Stemmer, B. (1984). Learning the Pragmatics of Discourse: A Project Report. Applied Linguistics, 5(2), 113-127.

 

Edwards, D. (1993). But what do children really think? Discourse analysis and conceptual content in children's talk.  Cognition and Instruction, 11(3-4), 207-225.

 

Edwards, D. (1997). Toward a discursive psychology of classroom education.  In: Coll, Cesar, & Edwards, Derek. (Eds.), Teaching, learning and classroom discourse:  Approaches to the study of educational discourse. Culture & consciousness series./Coleccion cultura y conciencia. (pp. 33-48)..

 

Edwards, D., & Coll, C. (1997). Teaching, learning and classroom discourse: Approaches to the study of educational discourse. Madrid: Fundación Infancia y Aprendizaje.

 

Edwards, D., & Mercer, N. (1989). Reconstructing context: The conventionalization of classroom knowledge.  Discourse Processes, 12(1), 91-104.

 

Edwards, K. L. (1987). The Influence of Discourse Structure in the Metacognition of Ricks College Students. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 48(6), 1417-A.

 

Edwards, R. (Ed.). (1998). Telling tales perspectives on guidance and counselling in learning. London New York: Routledge in association with the Open University.

 

Edwards, R., Nicoll, K., & Solomon, N. (2004). Rhetoric and educational discourse. Persuasive texts. New York: RoutledgeFalmer.

 

Edwards, S. (1991). Comparing How Mothers and Teachers Talk to Children: Is It Different and Does It Matter?. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 7(3), 298-309.

 

Eggert, L. L., & Nicholas, L. J. (1992). Speaking Like a Skipper: 'Skippin' an' Gettin' High'. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 11, 1-2, 75-100.

 

Eggleston, J., & Klein, G. (1996). Achieving publication in education. Stoke-on-Trent, Staffordshire, England: Trentham Books.

 

Ehlich, K., & Bastos, L. K. X. (1986). Discurso escolar: dialogo?. (School Discourse: Dialogue?). Cadernos de Estudos Linguisticos, 11, 145-172.

 

Eichler, W., & Munchhoff, U. (1976). Sprachlich Problematisches in Problem- und Textaufsatzen von S II-Schulern an berufsbildenden Schulen. (The Linguistically Problematical in Problem and Text Themes from Level II Students at Technical Schools). Linguistik und Didaktik, 7(3), 27, 171-183.

 

Eilam, B. (2002). Strata of comprehending ecology: Looking through the prism of feeding relations. Science Education, 86(5), 645-671.

 

Einsiedler, W., & Treinies, G. (1997). Effects of Teaching-Methods, Class Effects, and Patterns of Cognitive Teacher-Pupil Interactions in an Experimental-Study in Primary-School Classes. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 8(3), 327-353.

 

Eisenmann, L., Hutcheson, P. A., & Nidiffer, J. (1999). A Conversation: Historiographic Issues in American Higher-Education. History of Education Quarterly, 39(3), 291-294.

 

Ekasingh, S. (1992). Teacher Talk: The Language of Nonnative Teachers in Thai Efl Classrooms. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 52, 11, 3845-4.

 

El Kadi, C. M. (1995). Linguistic Theory Applied to Teaching Practice: Looking through Linguists' Eyes at an Urban ESL Classroom. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 56, 1, July, 164-A.

 

Elbaz, F. (1991). Research on Teachers Knowledge: The Evolution of a Discourse. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 23(1), 1-19.

 

Elbers, E., & Streefland, L. (2000). Collaborative learning and the construction of common knowledge.  European Journal of Psychology of Education, 15(4), 479-490.

 

Elenes, C. A. (2001). Transformando fronteras: Chicana feminist transformative pedagogies.  International Journal of Qualitative Studies In Education, 14(5), 689-702.

 

Elias-Olivares, L. (1995). Discourse Strategies of Mexican American Spanish. In Silva-Corvalan, Carmen (Ed.), Spanish in Four Continents: Studies in Language Contact and Bilingualism. (pp 227-240). Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.

 

Eller, R. G. (1989). Ways of Meaning: Exploring Cultural Differences in Students' Written Compositions. Linguistics and Education, 1(4), 341-358.

 

Elliot, N. (1995). Narrative Discourse and the Basic Writer. Journal of Basic Writing, 14(2), 19-30.

 

Elliott, D. L., & Foshay, A. W. (1963). Chart or charter: Recent developments in educational discourse.  Review of Educational Research,iew of Educational Research. 1963; 33(2), 233-244.

 

Elliott, M., Kaufman, S., Gardner, R., & Burgess, G. (2002). Teaching Conflict Assessment and Frame Analysis Through Interactive Web-Based Simulations. International Journal of Conflict Management, 13(4), 320-340.

 

Ellis, D. N., Wright, M., & Cronis, T. G. (1996). Description of the Instructional and Social Interactions of Students with Mental-Retardation in Regular Physical-Education Settings. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities, 31(3), 235-242.

 

Ellis, R., Tanaka, Y., & Yamazaki, A. (1994). Classroom Interaction, Comprehension, and the Acquisition of L2 Word Meanings. Language Learning, 44(3), 449-491.

 

Emerick, R. E. (1994). A Conversation on Classroom Etiquette in Introductory Sociology Courses. Teaching Sociology, 22(4), 341-344.

 

Emihovich, C. (1992). Computer Discourse: Classroom Conversations with a Machine. Education and Urban Society, 24(4), 498-507.

 

Emihovich, C., & Miller, G. E. (1988). Talking to the turtle: A discourse analysis of Logo instruction.  Discourse Processes, 11(2), 183-201.

 

Emirkanian, L. (1984). La Syntax de l'enfant du primaire dans la production de differents types de discours. (The Syntax of the Elementary School Child in the Production of Different Types of Discourse). sciences de l'education pour l'ere nouvelle, 1-2, 137-158.

 

Emirkanian, L., Dubuisson, C., & Boulanger, A. (1982). La Performance de l'enfant du primaire dans differents types de discours a l'oral. (Performance of Primary School Children on Various Discourse Types). Revue de l'Association quebecoise de linguistique, 2(2), 57-72.

 

Emmelot, Y. W., & Oostdam, R. J. (1990). Onderwijs in argumenteren. Een vragenlijstonderzoek onder docenten Nederlands in het Voortgezet Onderwijs. (Instruction in Argumentation. A Questionnaire among Teachers of Dutch in Secondary Education). Levende Talen, 453, 336-340.

 

Empson, S. B. (2003). Low-Performing Students and Teaching Fractions for Understanding: An Interactional Analysis. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 34(4), 305-343.

 

Empson, S. B. (2003). Low-performing students and teaching fractions for understanding: An interactional analysis.  Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 34(4), 305-343.

 

Engelen, B. (1974). On the handling of indirect discourse in the teaching situation; Zur unterrichtlichen Behandlung der indirekten Rede. Deutschunterricht, 26(2), 17-28.

 

Engelen, B. (1974). Zur unterrichtlichen Behandlung der indirekten Rede. (On the handling of indirect discourse in the teaching situation). Deutschunterricht, 26(2), 17-28.

 

Engelhard, G., Gordon, B., & Gabrielson, S. (1992). The Influences of Mode of Discourse, Experiential Demand, and Gender on the Quality of Student Writing. Research in the Teaching of English, 26(3), 315-336.

 

Enger, N. C., Hood, S. B., & Shulman, B. B. (1988). Language and Fluency Variables in the Conversational Speech of Linguistically Advanced Preschool and School-Aged Children. Journal of Fluency Disorders, 13(3), 173-198.

 

Englert, C. S., Raphael, T. E., & Mariage, T. V. (1994). Developing a school-based discourse for literacy learning: A principled search for understanding.  Learning Disability Quarterly, 17(1), 2-32.

 

Enyedy, N. (2003). Knowledge Construction and Collective Practice: At the Intersection of Learning, Talk, and Social Configurations in a Computer-Mediated Mathematics Classroom.  Journal of the Learning Sciences, 12(3), 361-407.

 

Eppert, F., & Kupper, K. J. (1976). Anleitung zum freien Gesprach. (Guidance to Free Discourse). Zielsprache Deutsch, 2, 2-10.

 

Eppley, G., & Eppley, A. D. (1997). Building bridges to academic writing. Mountain View, Calif.: Mayfield Pub. Co.

 

Erbaugh, M. S. (1990). Mandarin Oral Narratives Compared with English: The Pear/Guava Stories. Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association, 25(2), 21-42.

 

Erdreich, L., & Rapoport, T. (2002). Elaborating ethnonational awareness via academic literacy: Palestinian Israeli women at the university.  Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 33(4), 492-515.

 

Erftmier, T., & Dyson, A. H. (1986). "Oh, ppbbt!": Differences between the Oral and Written Persuasive Strategies of School-Aged Children. Discourse Processes, 9(1), 91-114.

 

Erickson, F. (1988). Discourse Coherence, Participation Structure, and Personal Display in a Family Dinner Table Conversation. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 4(1), i-3.

 

Eriks Brophy, A., & Crago, M. (2003). Variation in Instructional Discourse Features: Cultural or Linguistic? Evidence from Inuit and Non-Inuit Teachers of Nunavik.  Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 34 (4), 396-419.

 

Ernst, G. (1994). 'Talking Circle': Conversation and Negotiation in the ESL Classroom. TESOL Quarterly, 28(2), 293-322.

 

Ernst, G. (1994). Talking Circle: Conversation and Negotiation in the ESL Classroom. Tesol Quarterly, 28(2), 293-322.

 

Ernst, G., & Richard, K. J. (1995). Reading and Writing Pathways to Conversation in the ESL Classroom. Reading Teacher, 48(4), 320-326.

 

Escalada, L. T., & Zollman, D. A. (1997). An Investigation on the Effects of Using Interactive Digital Video in a Physics Classroom on Student Learning and Attitudes. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 34(5), 467-489.

 

Escobedo, L. Z., Estrella, A. P., & Manriquez, V. C. (2003). Variables Affecting Expositive Text Reading in 4th-Grade Elementary-School-Children. Revista Mexicana de Psicologia, 20(1), 59-73.

 

Esterreicher, C. A. (1995). Scamper strategies. Fundamental activities for narrative development. Thinking Publishers.

 

Eubanks, P. (1998). Genre and Technical Translation: Social, Textual, and Educational Exigency. Journal of Business and Technical Communication, 12(1), 50-70.

 

Evans, J. L. (1996). SLI subgroups: Interaction between discourse constraints and morphosyntactic deficits. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 39(3), 655-660.

 

Evans, L., & Davies, K. (2000). No Sissy Boys Here: A Content-Analysis of the Representation of Masculinity in Elementary-School Reading Textbooks. sex Roles, 42(3-4), 255-270.

 

Evans, M. A. (1987). Discourse characteristics of reticent children. Applied Psycholinguistics, 8(2), 171-184.

 

Evans, R. (1993). Learning "schooled literacy": The literate life histories of mainstream student readers and writers. Discourse Processes, 16(3), 317-340.

 

Evans, T. (1995). Constructing Educational Technologies: Interactive Television for Teachers Professional-Development in Australia. Etr&D-Educational Technology Research and Development, 43(1), 94-98.

 

Ewald, H. R., & Wallace, D. L. (1994). Exploring Agency in Classroom Discourse or, Should David Have Told His Story. College Composition and Communication, 45(3), 342-368.

 

Exstrom, M. I. (1992). A Study of the Language Skills of Lower Socioeconomic Black Preschoolers. Dissertation Abstracts International, B: Sciences and Engineering, 52(9), 4688-4.

 

Fagan, W. T. (1982). The Relationship of the "Maze" to Language Planning and Production. Research in the Teaching of English, 16(1), 85-95.

 

Fairclough, N. (1996). Technologisation of Discourse. In Caldas-Coulthard, Carmen Rosa, & Coulthard, Malcolm (Eds.), Texts and Practices: Readings in Critical Discourse Analysis. (pp. 71-83). London, England: Routledge.

 

Fairclough, N. L. (1992). Intertextuality in critical discourse analysis. Linguistics and Education, 4, 269-293.

 

Fairclough, N. L. (1995). Critical language awareness and self-identity in education. In D. Corson (Ed.), Discourse and Power in Educational Organisations. New Jersey: Hampton Press.

 

Fall, K., Lapointe, F., & Vignaux, G. (1993). Coherence discursive et trajectoire cognitive: a propos d'argumentations en milieu scolairee. (Discourse Coherence and Cognitive Trajectory: On Arguments in a School Setting). Revue quebecoise de linguistique theorique et appliquee, 11, 1-4, 173-206.

 

Fang, Z. H. (2000). Developing Written Discourse Knowledge in Whole Language and Code Emphasis Classrooms. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 70(Sep), 317-335.

 

Fantuzzo, J., & McWayne, C. (2002). The Relationship Between Peer-Play Interactions in the Family Context and Dimensions of School Readiness for Low-Income Preschool-Children. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94(1), 79-87.

 

Farrell, L. (1996). A Case Study of Discursive Practices and Assessment Processes in a Multi-Ethnic Context. Journal of Pragmatics, 26(3), 267-289.

 

Farver, J. A. M., & Frosch, D. L. (1996). L.A. Stories: Aggression in Preschoolers' Spontaneous Narratives after the Riots of 1992. Child Development, 67(1), 19-32.

 

Fassinger, P. A. (1995). Understanding Classroom Interaction: Students and Professors Contributions to Students Silence. Journal of Higher Education, 66(1), 82-96.

 

Faulkner, G., & Finlay, S. J. (2002). Its Not What You Say, Its the Way You Say It: Conversation Analysis: A Discursive Methodology for Sport, Exercise, and Physical-Education. Quest, 54(1), 49-66.

 

Feagans, L. V., Fendt, K., & Farran, D. C. (1995). The effects of day care intervention on teacher's ratings of the elementary school discourse skills in disadvantaged children.  International Journal of Behavioral Development, 18(2), 243-261.

 

Fernandez, M., Wegerif, R., Mercer, N., & Rojas Drummond, S. (2001, 2002). Re-conceptualizing "scaffolding"and the zone of proximal development in the context of symmetrical collaborative learning. Journal of Classroom Interaction, 36(2)-37(1), 40-54.

 

Fernandez, M., Wegerif, R., Mercer, N., & Rojas Drummond, S. (20012 ). Re-conceptualizing "scaffolding"and the zone of proximal development in the context of symmetrical collaborative learning.  Journal of Classroom Interaction, 36(2)-37(1), 40-54.

 

Fernandezbalboa, J. M., & Marshall, J. P. (1994). Dialogical Pedagogy in Teacher-Education: Toward an Education for Democracy. Journal of Teacher Education, 45(3), 172-182.

 

Ferrao-Tavares, C. (1994). Common Forms of Mise-en-Scene; Formes communes de mise en scene. Francais dans le Monde, special number, 73-79.

 

Ferreira, F. H. G. (2001). Education for the Masses: The Interaction Between Wealth, Educational and Political Inequalities. Economics of Transition, 9(2), 533-552.

 

Ferry, B., Hedberg, J., & Harper, B. (1996). Strategies of Teachers as Users of Interactive Multimedia. Australian Journal of Education, 40(2), 133-146.

 

Fetzer, A. (1996). Preference Organization and Interactive Language Teaching: Communicative Strategies in a German-English Context. Iral-International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 34(2), 77-93.

 

Feuerstein, A. (2001). Selling Our Schools: Principals Views on Schoolhouse Commercialism and School-Business Interactions. Educational Administration Quarterly, 37(3), 322-371.

 

Fiedler, S. (1991). Fachtextlinguistische Untersuchungen zum Kommunikationsbereich der Pädagogik. Dargestellt an relevanten Fachtextsorten im Englischen. Frankfurt am Main: Lang.

 

Field, M. (1994). On the Internalization of Language and Its Use: Some Functional Motivations for Other-Correction in Children's Discourse. Pragmatics: Quarterly Publication of the International Pragmatics Association, 4(2), 203-20.

 

Figg, J., Keeton, D., Parkes, J., & Richards, A. (1996). "Are they talking about us?" (How EPs describe the views of children).  Educational and Child Psychology, 13(2), 5-13.

 

Figueiramcdonough, J., Netting, F. E., & Nicholscasebolt, A. (2001). Subjugated Knowledge in Gender-Integrated Social-Work Education: Call for a Dialogue. Affilia-Journal of Women and Social Work, 16(4), 411-431.

 

Filene, P., & Wood, P. (1998). Textbooks and Teaching: A Reintroduction. Journal of American History, 84(4), 1407-1408.

 

Fill, A. F. (1986). "Divided Illocution" in Conversational and Other Situations-And Some of Its Implications. IRAL, International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 24(1), 27-34.

 

Fine, J. (1985). Cohesion as an index of social-cognitive factors: Oral language of the reading disabled. Discourse Processes, 8(1), 91-112.

 

Fine, J., Bartolucci, G., Szatmari, P., & Ginsberg, G. (1994). Cohesive discourse in pervasive developmental disorders. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 24(3), 315-329.

 

Fine, J. E., Wolfson, N., Pica, T., Doughty, C., Fanselow, J. F., Slaughter, H. B., Canale, M., Frenette, N., Belanger, M., Wolf, Y., & Walters, J. (1988). Second Language Discourse: A Textbook Of Current Research. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 48(8), 2009-8.

 

Fine, M. (1988). Sexuality, schooling, and adolescent females: The missing discourse of desire.  Harvard Educational Review, 58(1), 29-53.

 

Fine, M. (1993). Sexuality, schooling, and adolescent females: The missing discourse of desire.  In: Weis, Lois, & Fine, Michelle. (Eds.), Beyond silenced voices:  Class, race, and gender in United States schools. SUNY series, frontiers in education. (pp. 75-99). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Fine, M. (1993). You Cant Just Say That the Only Ones Who Can Speak Are Those Who Agree with Your Position: Political Discourse in the Classroom. Harvard Educational Review, 63(4), 412-433.

 

Fine, M. (1997). Sexuality, schooling, and adolescent females: The missing discourse of desire.  In: Gergen, Mary M., & Davis, Sara N. (Eds.), Toward a new psychology of gender. (pp. 375-402). Florence, KY: Taylor & Francis/Routledge.

 

Fine, M. (2003). Sexuality, schooling and adolescent females: The missing discourse of desire.  In: Fine, Michelle, & Weis, Lois. (Eds.), Silenced voices and extraordinary conversations:  Re-imagining schools. (pp. 38-67). New York: Teachers College Press.

 

Firsching, J. T. (1987). Conversational Implicatures: Mathematics Word Problems and Teacher Explanations (Volumes I and Ii). Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(7), 2563-3.

 

Fisher, J. B., Deshler, D. D., & Schumaker, J. B. (1999). The Effects of an Interactive Multimedia Program on Teachers Understanding and Implementation of an Inclusive Practice. Learning Disability Quarterly, 22(2), 127-142.

 

Fisher, S. (Ed.). (1986). Discourse and institutional authority: Medicine, education, and law. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex Corp..

 

Fisher, S., & Todd, A. D. (Eds.). (1986). Discourse and institutional authority: Medicine, education, and law. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex Corp..

 

Fitzgerald, G. E. (1995). The Effects of an Interactive Videodisc Training-Program in Classroom Observation Skills Used as a Teaching Tool and as a Learning Tool. Computers in Human Behavior, 11(3-4), 467-479.

 

Fivush, R. (1994). Young children's event recall: Are memories constructed through discourse? Special Issue: The recovered memory/false memory debate. Consciousness and Cognition An International Journal, 3(3-4), 356-373.

 

Fivush, R. (1996). Young children's event recall: Are memories constructed through discourse? In: Pezdek, Kathy, & Banks, William P. (Eds.), The recovered memory/false memory debate. (pp. 151-168). San Diego, CA: Academic Press, Inc.

 

Flanders, J. R. (1994). Textbooks, Teachers, and the SIMS Test. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 25(3), 260-278.

 

Flannagan, D., & Perese, S. (1998). Emotional References in Mother-Daughter and Mother-Son Dyads Conversations About School. sex Roles, 39(5-6), 353-367.

 

Flecha, R. (1999). Modern and Postmodern Racism in Europe: Dialogic Approach and Antiracist Pedagogies. Harvard Educational Review, 69(2), 150-171.

 

Fleer, M. (1995). The Importance of Conceptually Focused Teacher-Child Interaction in Early-Childhood Science Learning. International Journal of Science Education, 17(3), 325-342.

 

Flick, U. (Ed.). (1998). The psychology of the social.  New York: Cambridge University Press. 

 

Flood, J., & Lapp, D. (1987). Forms of Discourse in Basal Readers. Elementary School Journal, 87(3), 299-306.

 

Flottum, K. (1984). Sporsmal/svar-sekvens eller samtale? II. Analyse av en type laereboktekst innen fransk som fremmedsprak. (A Question-Answer Sequence or a Conversation? An Analysis of a Text from a French as a Second Language Textbook). Moderna Sprak, 78(4), 319-334.

 

Flower, L. (1990). Negotiating academic discourse. In Linda Flower, Victoria Stein, John Ackerman, Margaret J. Kantz, Kathleen McCormick, & Wayne C. Peck (Eds.), Reading-to-write: Exploring a cognitive and social process. Social and cognitive studies in writing and literacy. (pp. 221-252). New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

 

Flowerdew, J. (1992). Definitions in Science Lectures. Applied Linguistics, 13(2), 202-221.

 

Floyd, F. J., Costigan, C. L., & Phillippe, K. A. (1997). Developmental-Change and Consistency in Parental Interactions with School-Age-Children Who Have Mental-Retardation. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 101(6), 579-594.

 

Fluck, H. R. (1989). Horfunknachrichten und ihre Vermittlung. (Radio News and Its Presentation). Muttersprache, 99(3), 249-264.

 

Fluck, H. R., Fernbach, R., & Waldrich, H. P. (1975). Zur Sprache des Wirtschaftsteils von Tageszeitungen. Eine Unterrichtseinheit in der Berufsschule. (On the Language of Newspaper Articles Dealing with Economics. An Instruction Unit at a Professional Institute). Linguistik und Didaktik, 6(3), 23, 165-178.

 

Foley, J. (Ed.). (2004). Language, education & discourse. Functional approaches. London New York: Continuum.

 

Forbes, K., & Cordella, M. (1999). The Role of Gender in Chilean Argumentative Discourse. Iral-International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 37(4), 277-289.

 

Ford, J. E. (Ed.). (1995). Teaching the research paper. From theory to practice, from research to writing. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press.

 

Fore, L. C. (1998). Curriculum Control: Using Discourse and Structure to Manage Educational-Reform. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 30(5), 559-576.

 

Forman, E. A., & Ansell, E. (2002). Orchestrating the multiple voices and inscriptions of a mathematics classroom.  Journal of the Learning Sciences, 11(2-3), 251-274.

 

Forman, E. A., & McCormick, D. E. (1995). Discourse analysis: A sociocultural perspective.  Remedial and Special Education, 16(3), 150-158.

 

Forner, M. (1986). My Teacher in My House: Discourse and Syntax in Caretaker-Child Interactions. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 46(7), 1921-8.

 

Forrester, M. A., & Pike, C. D. (1998). Learning to Estimate in the Mathematics Classroom: A Conversation-Analytic Approach. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 29(3), 334-356.

 

Forster, M., & Washington, E. (2000). A Model for Developing and Managing Distance Education-Programs Using Interactive Video Technology. Journal of Social Work Education, 36(1), 147-158.

 

Foster, H. L., & Iannaccone, C. J. (1994). Multicultural Content in Special-Education Introductory Textbooks. Journal of Special Education, 28(1), 77-92.

 

Foster, M. (1989). "It's Cookin' Now": A Performance Analysis of the Speech Events of a Black Teacher in an Urban Community College. Language in Society, 18(1), 1-29.

 

Foster, M. (1995). Talking That Talk: The Language of Control, Curriculum, and Critique. Linguistics and Education, 7(2), 129-150.

 

Foster, S. (1983). Topic and the development of discourse structure. Volta Review, 85(5), 44-54.

 

Foster, S. (1985). The development of discourse topic skills by infants and young children. Topics in Language Disorders, 5(2), 31-45.

 

Foster, S. H. (1986). Learning discourse topic management in the preschool years. Journal of Child Language, 13(2), 231-250.

 

Fotheringham, M. J., Owies, D., Leslie, E., & Owen, N. (2000). Interactive Health Communication in Preventive Medicine: Internet-Based Strategies in Teaching and Research. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 19(2), 113-120.

 

Fowler, R. (1981). Literature as social discourse: The practice of linguistic criticism. London: Batsford Academic and Educational.

 

Fowler, R. (1987). People in the news: discourse and discrimination. In J. Swann, (Ed.), Study Guide to Open University course EH207, Communication and Education Unit 8, Bias in the System?, Block 3, Language and Inequality. (pp. 17-24). Milton Keynes: Open University Press.

 

Fowler, S. B., Lopez, T. A., Shanley, K., Simpson, C. C., & Yamamoto, T. (1996). Negotiating Textual Terrain: A Conversation on Critical and Pedagogical Interventions in the Teaching of Ethnic Autobiography. Frontiers-A Journal of Women Studies, 17(2), 4-49.

 

Fox, D. J. (1969). The research process in education. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston.

 

Fox, L. (1986). Gateway. A cross-curricular reading and writing book. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

 

Francis, H., & Hallam, S. (2000). Genre Effects on Higher-Education Students Text Reading for Understanding. Higher Education, 39(3), 279-296.

 

Francois, F. (1980). Analyse linguistique, normes scolaires et differenciations socio-culturelles. (Linguistic Description, School Norms, and Sociocultural Differentiation). Langages, 14, 59, 25-52.

 

Frank, C. R. (2001). "What new things these words can do for you": A focus on one writing-project teacher and writing instruction.  Journal of Literacy Research, 33(3), 467-506.

 

Franklin, B. M. (1999). Discourse, rationality, and educational research: A historical perspective of  RER.  Review of Educational Research, 69(4), 347-363.

 

Franklin, B. M. (1999). Discourse, Rationality, and Educational-Research: A Historical-Perspective of Rer. Review of Educational Research, 69(4), 347-363.

 

Frazer, E. (1989). Feminist Talk and Talking About Feminism: Teenage Girls Discourses of Gender. Oxford Review of Education, 15(3), 281-290.

 

Freddolino, P. P., & Sutherland, C. A. (2000). Assessing the Comparability of Classroom Environments in Graduate Social-Work Education Delivered via Interactive Instructional Television. Journal of Social Work Education, 36(1), 115-129.

 

Frederiksen, C. H. (1999). Learning to reason through discourse in a problem-based learning group.  Discourse Processes, 27(2), 135-160.

 

Freebody, P. (1991). Research Report No. 10. Australian Journal of Reading, 14(2), 168-175.

 

Freebody, P., & Carroll, M. (1987). Contrasting aware and unaware memory for written discourse. Acta Psychologica, 66(2), 115-125.

 

Freedle, R. O. E., Duran, R. P. E., Canale, M., Penfield, J., Stansfield, C. W., Liskin-Gasparro, J. E., Curtis, M. E., Fellbaum, C., Kay, P., Langer, J. A., Freeman, C., Haney, W., Scott, L., & Chit  (1988). Cognitive And Linguistic Analyses Of Test Performance. Working Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching, 11, 69-87.

 

Freedman, A. (1999). Beyond the Text: Towards Understanding the Teaching and Learning of Genres. Tesol Quarterly, 33(4), 764-767.

 

Freeman, C. (1987). A study of the Degrees of Reading Power test. In Roy O. Freedle, & Richard P. Duran (Eds.), Cognitive and linguistic analyses of test performance. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 22. (pp. 245-297). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Freeman, D. (1991). To Make the Tacit Explicit: Teacher-Education, Emerging Discourse, and Conceptions of Teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 7(5-6), 439-454.

 

Freeman, R. (1993). The Importance of Participant Role in Cooperative Learning. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 9(1), 1-20.

 

Freeman, R. D. (1998). Bilingual education and social change. Clevedon (England) Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

 

Freire, M. M. (1991). Giving Instructions-An Attempt at Identifying a Genre. ESPecialist, 12, 1-2, 19-40.

 

 

French, W. (2000). On How University Textbooks Came to Be Written by Elementary-School Custodians. Journal of Management Inquiry, 9(1), 21-24.

 

Frey, H. (1988). The Applied Linguistics of Teacher Talk. Hispania, 71(3), 681-686.

 

Friedlander, M. L. (1995). On the process of studying the process of change in family therapy. In: Hoshmand, Lisa Tsoi, & Martin, Jack. (Eds.), Research as praxis:Lessons from programmatic research in therapeutic psychology. Counseling and development series. (pp. 171-197). New York, NY: Teachers College Press.

 

Friedman, S. (1991). A Discourse Analysis of the Changes Occurring in the Writing of Ten Children between First-Grade and Fourth-Grade. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 51, 11, 3654-1.

 

Friedrich, B. (1988). Sprache und Lernen in der Unterstufe-Untersuchungen zum Zusammenhang von begrifflicher und sprachlicher Strukturbildung beim Wissenserwerb. (Language and Learning in the Lower Grades: Studies of the Connection between Cognitive and Linguistic Structure Formation in Knowledge Acquisition). Linguistische Studien, Reihe A: Arbeitsberichte, 175, 3-139.

 

Friend, R. (2001). Effects of strategy instruction on summary writing of college students.  Contemporary Educational Psychology, 26(1), 3-24.

 

Frohlich, I. (1986). Zur sprachlichen Realisierung von Kommunikationsverfahren in Unterhaltungsgesprachen. (On the Linguistic Realization of Communicative Procedures in Free Conversations). Potsdamer Forschungen der padagogischen Hochschule "Karl Liebknecht" Potsdam, Reihe A, 77, 124-131.

 

Frohlich, I. (1986). Zur Vermittlung fur die russische dialogische Rede typischer syntaktischer Konstruktionen in Hochschulsprachunterricht. (On Teaching the Syntactic Constructions Typical of Russian Dialogical Speech in Second-Language Instruction at the University Level). Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Ernst Moritz Arndt Universitaat Greifswald: Gesellschaftswissenschaftliche Reihe, 35, 1-2, 52-53.

 

Fronek, J. (1983). Some Criticisms of Halliday's 'Information Systems'. Lingua, 60(4), 311-329.

 

Frost, S. H., & Jean, P. M. (2003). Bridging the Disciplines: Interdisciplinary Discourse and Faculty Scholarship. Journal of Higher Education, 74(2), 119+.

 

Frykholm, C. U., & Nitzler, R. (1993). Working Life as Pedagogical Discourse: Empirical-Studies of Vocational and Career-Education Based on Theories of Bourdieu and Bernstein. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 25(5), 433-444.

 

Fuller, C. J. (1997). Religious Texts, Priestly Education and Ritual Action in South Indian Temple Hinduism. Contributions to Indian Sociology, 31(1), 3-25.

 

Fulwiler, T., & Young, A. (Eds.). (1982). Language connections. Writing and reading across the curriculum. Urbana, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Fulwiler, T., & Young, A. (Eds.). (1990). Programs that work. Models and methods for writing across the curriculum. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook Publishers.

 

Funderburk, B. W., Eyberg, S. M., Newcomb, K., McNeil, C. B., Hembreekigin, T., & Capage, L. (1998). Parent-Child Interaction Therapy with Behavior Problem Children: Maintenance of Treatment Effects in the School Setting. Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 20(2), 17-38.

 

Fung, I. Y. Y., Wilkinson, I. A. G., & Moore, D. W. (2003). L1-Assisted Reciprocal Teaching to Improve ESL Students Comprehension of English Expository Text. Learning and Instruction, 13(1), 1-31.

 

Gabbard, D. (1993). Silencing Ivan Illich: A Foucauldian analysis of an intellectual repression. San Francisco: Austin & Winfield.

 

Gabhainn, S. N., & Kelleher, C. C. (2000). School-Health Education and Gender: An Interactive Effect. Health Education Research, 15(5), 591-602.

 

Gaies, S. J. (1982). 'Efficiency' vs. 'Effectiveness' in Second/Foreign Language Classroom Discourse: Insights from Research on Native Speaker-Nonnative Speaker Interaction. Anglo American Studies, 2(2), 263-271.

 

Gaines, S., & Baldwin, D. (1996). Guiding Dialogue in the Transformation of Teacher-Student Relationships. Nursing Outlook, 44(3), 124-128.

 

Gale, X. L. (1996). Teachers, discourses, and authority in the postmodern composition classroom. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Galindo, L. J. (1984). Análisis del discurso del estado mexicano. México, D.F.: Centro de Investigaciones y Estudios Superiores en Antropología Social.

 

Gallagher, S. (1999). An exchange of gazes. In: Kincheloe, Joe L., &  Steinberg, Shirley R. (Eds.), Rethinking intelligence: Confronting psychological assumptions about teaching and learning. (pp. 69-83). New York, NY, US: Routledge.

 

Gallagher, S. (1999). An exchange of gazes.  In: Kincheloe, Joe L., & Steinberg, Shirley R. (Eds.), Rethinking intelligence:  Confronting psychological assumptions about teaching and learning. (pp. 69-83). Florence, KY: Taylor & Francis/Routledge.

 

Gallagher, T. M., & Craig, H. K. (1987). An Investigation of Pragmatic Connectives within Preschool Peer Interactions. Journal of Pragmatics, 11(1), 27-37.

 

Gallas, K., & Smagorinsky, P. (2002). Approaching Texts in School. Reading Teacher, 56(1), 54-61.

 

Gallego, M. A. (1992). Collaborative instruction for reading comprehension: The role of discourse and discussion. In Michael Pressley, Karen R. Harris, & John T. Guthrie (Eds.), Promoting academic competence and literacy in school. (pp. 223-258). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

 

Gallimore, R., & Tharp, R. (1992). Teaching mind in society: Teaching, schooling, and literate discourse.  In: Moll, Luis C. (Ed.), Vygotsky and education:  Instructional implications and applications of sociohistorical psychology. (pp. 175-205). New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Galvao, I. (1995). Movement Space: An Analysis of Conflicts in Interactions Between a Kindergarten Teacher and Her Pupils. International Review of Education, 41(1-2), 119-136.

 

Gamoran, A., Nystrand, M., Berends, M., & LePore, P. C. (1995). An organizational analysis of the effects of ability grouping. American Educational Research Journal, 32(4), 687-715.

 

Gangi, J. M. (1995). An Examination of Interpretive Discourse in Selected Theories of Media Ecology and Educational Theatre. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 56, 4, Oct, 1187-A.

 

Gannett, C. (1992). Gender and the journal. Diaries and academic discourse. Albany: State University of New York Press.

 

Ganzach, Y. (2000). Parents Education, Cognitive-Ability, Educational Expectations and Educational-Attainment: Interactive Effects. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 70(Sep), 419-441.

 

Garcia, E. E., & Colon, M. (1995). Interactive Journals in Bilingual Classrooms: An Analysis of Language Transition. Discourse Processes, 19(1), 39-56.

 

Garcia, R., & Suarez, R. (1996). Diabetes Education in the Elderly: A 5-Year Follow-Up of an Interactive Approach. Patient Education and Counseling, 29(1), 87-97.

 

Garcia-Aranas, P. (1989). A Characterization of the English Spoken by English and Mathematics Teachers on the Tertiary Level of Education in Selected Universities in Metro Manila. Philippine Journal of Linguistics, 20(1), 55-56.

 

Gardner, J., & McNally, H. (1995). Supporting School-Based Initial Teacher-Training with Interactive Video. British Journal of Educational Technology, 26(1), 30-41.

 

Garmon, M. A. (1998). Using Dialogue Journals to Promote Student Learning in a Multicultural Teacher-Education Course. Remedial and Special Education, 19(1), 32-45.

 

Garrett, P., Coupland, N., & Williams, A. (1999). Evaluating dialect in discourse: Teachers' and teenagers' responses to young English speakers in Wales.  Language in Society, 28(3), 321-354.

 

Garrido, J. D. R., Medina, J. A. S., & Santigosa, A. S. (1996). Making literacy: A dialogical perspective on discourse in adult education. In: Valsiner, Jaan, &  Voss, Hans-Georg W. (Eds.), The structure of learning processes. (pp. 229-245). Norwood, NJ, USA: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Garrido, J. D. R., Medina, J. A. S., & Santigosa, A. S. (1996). Making literacy: A dialogical perspective on discourse in adult education.  In: Valsiner, Jaan, & Voss, Hans-Georg W. (Eds.), The structure of learning processes. (pp. 229-245). Westport, CT: Ablex Publishing.

 

Garrod, S., & Clark, A. (1993). The Development of Dialogue Co-Ordination Skills in Schoolchildren. Language and Cognitive Processes, 8(1), 101-126.

 

Gaskins, I. W., Satlow, E., Hyson, D., Ostertag, J., & Six, L. (1994). Classroom Talk About Text: Learning in Science Class. Journal of Reading, 37(7), 558-565.

 

Gassen, R. M. (1975). A Sense of Audience and Commitment: An Approach to Teaching the Introductory Paragraph. Journal of English Teaching Techniques, 8(1), 25-27.

 

Geddis, A. N. (1991). Improving the quality of science classroom discourse on controversial issues.  Science Education, 75(2), 169-183.

 

Gee, J. P. (1985). The Narrativization of Experience in the Oral Style. Journal of Education, 167(1), 9-35.

 

Gee, J. P. (1988). Discourse Systems and Aspirin Bottles: On Literacy. Journal of Education, 170(1), 27-40.

 

Gee, J. P. (1989). Literacy, Discourse, and Linguistics. Journal of Education, 171(1), 5-176.

 

Gee, J. P. (1989). Two Styles of Narrative Construction and Their Linguistic and Educational Implications. Discourse Processes, 12(3), 287-307.

 

Gee, J. P. (1990). Social linguistics and literacies. Ideology in discourses. London

 

Gee, J. P. (1994). Discourses: Reflections on M.A.K. Halliday's 'Toward a Language-Based Theory of Learning'. Linguistics and Education: An International Research Journal, 6(1), 33-40.

 

Gee, J. P. (1996). Social linguistics and literacies: Ideology in discourses. London Bristol, PA: Taylor & Francis.

 

Gee, J.P. (1989). 2 Styles of Narrative Construction and Their Linguistic and Educational-Implications. Discourse Processes, 12, 287-307.

 

Geelan, D. R., & Taylor, P. C. (2001). Embodying our values in our teaching practices: Building open and critical discourse through computer mediated communication.  Journal of Interactive Learning Research, 12(4), 375-401.

 

Gere, A. R. (Ed.). (1985). Roots in the sawdust. Writing to learn across the disciplines. Urbana, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Gergen, K. J., & McNamee, S. (2000). From disordering discourse to transformative dialogue. In: Johns, Ann M..Genre in the classroom:Multiple perspectives. (pp. 73-90). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

German, D. J., & Glasnapp, D. R. (1990). The Test of Word-Finding in Discourse: Diagnostic Utility Evidence. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 50(2), 383-392.

 

Germann, P. J. (1994). Testing a Model of Science Process Skills Acquisition: An Interaction with Parents Education, Preferred Language, Gender, Science Attitude, Cognitive-Development, Academic Ability, and Biology Knowledge. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 31(7), 749-783.

 

Gest, S. D., Farmer, T. W., Cairns, B. D., & Xie, H. L. (2003). Identifying Childrens Peer Social Networks in School Classrooms: Links Between Peer Reports and Observed Interactions. Social Development, 12(4), 513-529.

 

Gewirtz, S. (2000). Bringing the Politics Back in: A Critical Analysis of Quality Discourses in Education. British Journal of Educational Studies, 48(4), 352-370.

 

Geyl, E. G. (1976). Sprachbarrieren oder Klassensprache? Untersuchungen zum Sprachverhalten im Vorschulalter. (Speech Barriers or Social Class Speech? Examinations of Speech Behavior of Pre-School Children). Muttersprache, 86(1), 75-76.

 

Ghadessy, M. (1983). Information Structure in Letters to the Editor. IRAL, International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 21(1), 46-56.

 

Ghadessy, M. (1984). Going beyond the sentence: Implications of discourse analysis for the teaching of the writing skill.  IRAL: International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 22(3), 213-218.

 

Ghio, E. (1997). Decir, hacer, enseñar semiótica y pragmática discursiva. Santa Fe, Argentina: Universidad Nacional del Litoral, Centro de Publicaciones.

 

Ghio, E. (1997). Decir, hacer, ensenar: Semiótica y pragmática discursiva. Santa Fe, Argentina: Universidad Nacional del Litoral, Centro de Publicaciones.

 

Giangreco, M. F. (2001). Interactions Among Program, Placement, and Services in Educational-Planning for Students with Disabilities. Mental Retardation, 39(5), 341-350.

 

Gibbon, M. (1996). The Discourses of Infertility Treatment: A French-English Comparison. In Hickey, Tina, & Williams, Jenny (Eds.), Language, Education and Society in a Changing World. (pp. 170-178). Clevedon, England: Multilingual Matters Ltd.

 

Gibbons, P. (2003). Mediating Language-Learning: Teacher Interactions with ESL Students in a Content-Based Classroom. Tesol Quarterly, 37(2), 247-273.

 

Gilbart, H. W., & Howland, J. W. (1982). Getting ready for the College level academic skills test. Reading, writing, mathematics. Clearwater, Fla.: H&H Pub. Co.

 

Gilbert, J. (1994). The Construction and Reconstruction of the Concept of the Reflective Practitioner in the Discourses of Teacher Professional-Development. International Journal of Science Education, 16(5), 511-522.

 

Gilbert, J., & Priest, M. (1997). Models and discourse: A primary school science class visit to a museum.  Science Education, 81(6), 749-762.

 

Gilbert, J., & Priest, M. (1997). Models and Discourse: A Primary-School Science Class Visit to a Museum. Science Education, 81(6), 749-762.

 

Gilbert, R. (1992). Text and Context in Qualitative Educational Research: Discourse Analysis and the Problem of Contextual Explanation. Linguistics and Education: An International Research Journal, 4(1), 37-57.

 

Gillies, R. M. (2003). The Behaviors, Interactions, and Perceptions of Junior-High-School Students During Small-Group Learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 95(1), 137-147.

 

Gillies, R. M., & Ashman, A. F. (1995). The Effects of Gender and Ability on Students Behaviors and Interactions in Classroom-Based Work Groups. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 65(Jun), 211-225.

 

Gilmer, P. J. (1999). Developing a discourse community: Teaching biochemistry using the World Wide Web. In: Chambers, Jack A. (Ed.), Selected papers from the 10th International Conference on College Teaching and Learning. (pp. 49-57). Jacksonville, FL, USA: Florida Community College At Jacksonville.

 

Gilmer, P. J. (1999). Developing a discourse community: Teaching biochemistry using the World Wide Web.  In: Chambers, Jack A. (Ed.), Selected papers from the 10th International Conference on College Teaching and Learning. (pp. 49-57). Jacksonville, FL: Florida Community College at Jacksonville.

 

Gilmore, P. (1983). Spelling 'Mississippi': Recontextualizing a Literacy-Related Speech Event. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 14(4), 235-255.

 

Gilmore, S. (1978). The Use of Discourse Analysis in Teaching an Inferential Reading Comprehension Skill. Journal of Research in Reading, 1(2), 128-135.

 

Giltrow, J. L. (2002). Academic writing. Writing and reading in the disciplines. Peterborough, Ont. Orchard Park, NY: Broadview Press.

 

Ginsburgblock, M., & Fantuzzo, J. (1997). Reciprocal Peer Tutoring: An Analysis of Teacher and Student Interactions as a Function of Training and Experience. School Psychology Quarterly, 12(2), 134-149.

 

Giroux, H. A. (1984). Rethinking the Language of Schooling. Language Arts, 61(1), 33-40.

 

Giroux, H. A. (1991). Democracy and the Discourse of Cultural Difference: Towards a Politics of Border Pedagogy. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 12(4), 501-519.

 

Giroux, H. A. (1997). Rewriting the discourse of racial identity: Towards a pedagogy and politics of Whiteness. Harvard Educational Review, 67(2), 285-320.

 

Glatthorn, A. A. (2002). Publish or perish--the educator's imperative. Strategies for writing effectively for your profession and your school. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Corwin Press.

 

Gleason, J. B. (1975). Fathers and Other Strangers: Men's Speech to Young Children. Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics, 289-297.2

 

Gleason, J. B., Perlmann, R. Y., & Greif, E. B. (1984). What's the Magic Word: Learning Language through Politeness Routines. Discourse Processes, 7(4), 492-502.

 

Glen, S. (1999). Health-Care Education for Dialogue and Dialogic Relationships. Nursing Ethics, 6(1), 3-11.

 

Glenn, P. J., Koschmann, T., & Conlee, M. (1999). Theory presentation and assessment in a problem-based learning group.  Discourse Processes, 27(2), 119-133.

 

Godard, L. (1993). Le Discours narratif oral et les eleves en difficulte d'apprentissage: aspects psycholinguistiques. (Oral Narrative Discourse and Students with Learning Difficulties: Psycholinguistic Aspects). Revue de l'ACLA / Journal of the CAAL, 15(1), 23-40.

 

Goelman, H. (1996). Literate Apprenticeships and Oral Discourse. In Reeder, Kenneth, Shapiro, Jon, Watson, Rita, & Goelman, Hillel (Eds.), Literate Apprenticeships: The Emergence of Language and Literacy in the Preschool Years. (pp. 101-118). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing.

 

Goernert, P. N. (1994). Mindlab: A Software Tool for Integrating Interactive Microcomputer Exercises into the Classroom. Teaching of Psychology, 21(3), 184-186.

 

Goethals, M. (1977). Creative and Cognitive Foreign Language Learning. ITL, Review of Applied Linguistics, 36, 3-44.

 

Goetz, P. J., & Shatz, M. (1999). When and how peers give reasons: Justifications in the talk of middle school children. Journal of Child Language, 26(3), 721-748.

 

Goh, S. C., & Fraser, B. J. (1996). Validation of an Elementary-School Version of the Questionnaire on Teacher Interaction. Psychological Reports, 79(2), 515-522.

 

Golden, J., Haslett, B., & Gauntt, H. (1988). Structure and Content in Eighth-Graders' Summary Essays. Discourse Processes, 11(2), 139-162.

 

Golden, J. M. (2000). Storymaking in elementary and middle school classrooms constructing and interpreting narrative texts. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Goldenberg, C., & Patthey-Chavez, G. (1995). Discourse Processes in Instructional Conversations: Interactions between Teacher and Transition Readers. Discourse Processes: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 19(1), 57-73.

 

Golder, C. (1992). Production of Elaborated Argumentative Discourse: The Role of Cooperativeness. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 7(1), 51-59.

 

Golder, C. (1998). Debatable topic or not: Do we have the right to argue? European Journal of Psychology of Education, 13(2), 175-185.

 

Golder, C., & Coirier, P. (1994). Argumentative text writing: Developmental trends. Discourse Processes, 18(2), 187-210.

 

Goldman, S. R., & Duran, R. P. (1988). Answering questions from oceanography texts: Learner, task, and text characteristics. Discourse Processes, 11(4), 373-412.

 

Goldschmidt, M. (1989). For the Favor of Asking: An Analysis of the Favor as a Speech Act. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 5(1), 35-49.

 

Goldstein, P. (Ed.). (1994). Styles of cultural activism. From theory and pedagogy to women, Indians, and communism. University of Del. Press Associated Univ. Presses.

 

Gomes, B. A., & Martin, L. (1996). "I only listen to one person at a time": Dissonance and resonance in talk about talk.  Language in Society, 25(2), 205-236.

 

Gonzalez, N. (1996). Contestation and Accommodation in Parental Narratives. Education and Urban Society, 29(1), 54-70.

 

González, N. (2001). I am my language. Discourses of women & children in the borderlands. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.

 

Gooderham, D. (1994). Towards Discourse in the Public Domain: Adolescent Fictions in Moral and Political-Education. Journal of Moral Education, 23(4), 439-450.

 

Gooderham, D. (1994). Towards Discourse in the Public Domain: Adolescent Fictions in Moral and Political-Education. Journal of Moral Education, 23(4), 439-450.

 

Gooding, C. T., Swift, J. N., Schell, R. E., Swift, P. R., & McCroskery, J. H. (1990). A Causal-Analysis Relating Previous Achievement, Attitudes, Discourse, and Intervention to Achievement in Biology and Chemistry. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 27(8), 789-801.

 

Goodman, J. (1995). Issues of Misrepresentation in Scholarly Discourse: A Metaanalysis of Educational Criticism. Harvard Educational Review, 65(4), 651-667.

 

Goodman, Y. M. (1996). Readers' and writers' talk about language.  In: Pontecorvo, Clotilde, & Orsolini, Margherita. (Eds.), Children's early text construction. (pp. 345-357). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.

 

Goodson, F. T. (1994). Reading and Writing Across Genres: Textual Form and Social-Action in the High-School. Journal of Reading, 38(1), 6-12.

 

Goodwin, M. H., Goodwin, C., & Yaeger Dror, M. (2002). Multi-modality in girls' game disputes.  Journal of Pragmatics, 34(10-11), 1621-1649.

 

Gordon, J. A. (2002). Immigrants and Education: Dialogic Inquiry as Pedagogy. Teaching Sociology, 30(3), 278-290.

 

Gorman, A. (1987). Turn Taking and Non-Verbal Activity in the Classroom. Dissertation Abstracts International. C: European Abstracts, 48(2), 234-235.

 

Gottlieb, E. E., & Labelle, T. J. (1990). Ethnographic Contextualization of Freires Discourse: Consciousness-Raising, Theory and Practice. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 21(1), 3-18.

 

Gouinlock, J. (1986). Excellence in public discourse: John Stuart Mill, John Dewey, and social intelligence. Teachers College Press.

 

Gouran, D. S. (1992). A Critical Summary of Research on the Role of Argument in Decision-Making Groups. Linguistics and Education, 4(1), 37-57.

 

Grabe, W. (2002). Narrative and expository macro-genres.  In: Johns, Ann M. (Ed.), Genre in the classroom:  Multiple perspectives. (pp. 249-267). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Grabe, W., & Kaplan, R. B. (1990). (Discourse Analysis). Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 11.

 

Graesser, A. C., Gernsbacher, M. A., & Goldman, S. R. (Eds.). (2003). Handbook of discourse processes.  Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. 

 

Grammes, T. (1991). Cultivating Classroom Interaction in Discourses on Teaching: Suggestions for Using Video Documentation and Transcripts of Classroom Activities. Gegenwartskunde Gesellschaft Staat Erziehung, 40(4), 473-484.

 

Grandcolas, B. (1986). Etudes anglo-saxonnes sur "teacher talk". (Anglo-Saxon Studies on "Teacher Talk"). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 61, 114-120.

 

Grant, R. W. (1996). The Ethics of Talk: Classroom Conversation and Democratic-Politics. Teachers College Record, 97(3), 470-482.

 

Gratzer, W. (1986). Die Textaufgabe im Deutschunterricht der Hauptschule. Textgebundenes Schreiben als neue Arbeits- u. Prüfungsform. Donauwörth: Auer.

 

Graue, E., & Grant, C. (2002). Questions, Calls, and Conversations for Researchers in Teacher-Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 53(3), 268-272.

 

Grazia-Guido, M. (1995). Voice and poetic discourse. A pilot study in stylistics and English literature teaching. Congedo Editore.

 

Green, J. L. (1983). Exploring classroom discourse: Linguistic perspectives on teaching-learning processes.  Educational Psychologist, 18(3), 180-199.

 

Green, J. L. (Ed.). (1988). Multiple perspective analyses of classroom discourse. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex Corp..

 

Green, J. L., & Dixon, C. N. (2002). Exploring differences in perspective on microanalysis of classroom discourse: Contributions and concerns.  Applied Linguistics, 23(3), 393-406.

 

Green, J. L., & Harker, J. O. (Eds.). (1988). Multiple perspective analyses of classroom discourse. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex Corp..

 

Green, J. L., & McClelland, M. (1999). What difference does the difference make?  Understanding difference across perspectives.  Discourse Processes, 27(2), 219-230.

 

Green, L. (2002). Crossing the Divide: Feminist Perspectives on Gender and Music: I: Exposing the Gendered Discourse of Music-Education. Feminism & Psychology, 12(2), 137-144.

 

Green, L. (2002). Exposing the gendered discourse of music education.  Feminism and Psychology, 12(2), 137-144.

 

Green, M. J., Biesecker, B. B., McInerney, A. M., Mauger, D., & Fost, N. (2001). An Interactive Computer-Program Can Effectively Educate Patients About Genetic Testing for Breast-Cancer Susceptibility. American Journal of Medical Genetics, 103(1), 16-23.

 

Greenbaum, S. (1974). Grammar & the Foreign Language Teacher. Eigo Kyoiku / English Teachers' Magazine, 23, 10, 28-33.

 

Greenberg, R. B., & Comprone, J. J. (1994). Contexts and communities. Rhetorical approaches to reading, writing, and research. New York: Macmillan College Pub.

 

Greene, S., & Smith, E. (1999). Teaching talk about writing: Student conflict in acquiring a new discourse of authorship through collaborative planning. In: Weese, Katherine L., & Fox, Stephen L. (Eds.), Teaching academic literacy:The uses of teacher-research in developing a writing program. (pp. 149-174). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Greenleaf, C., & Freedman, S. W. (1993). Linking Classroom Discourse and Classroom Content: Following the Trail of Intellectual Work in a Writing Lesson. Discourse Processes, 16(4), 465-505.

 

Gregorich, B. (1990). Writing for the educational market. Portland, Me. (P.O. Box 658, Portland 04104-0658): J. Weston Walch.

 

Gregory, E. (1990). Negotiation as a Criterial Factor in Learning to Read in a Second Language. Language and Education, 4(2), 103-115.

 

Gregory, E. (1993). What Counts as Reading in the Early Years' Classroom?. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 63(2), 214-230.

 

Gregory, E., Williams, A., Baker, D., & Street, B. (2004). Introducing literacy to four year olds: Creating classroom cultures in three schools.  Journal of Early Childhood Literacy, 4 (1), 85-107.

 

Gregory, M. W., & Booth, W. C. (1990). The Harper & Row reader. Liberal education through reading and writing. New York: Harper & Row.

 

Griffin, G. A. (1995). Influences of Shared Decision-Making on School and Classroom Activity: Conversations with 5 Teachers. Elementary School Journal, 96(1), 29-45.

 

Griffith, W. (1999). The Reflecting Team as an Alternative Case Teaching Model: A Narrative, Conversational Approach. Management Learning, 30(3), 343-362.

 

Grinols, A. B. (1988). Critical thinking. Reading and writing across the curriculum. Belmont, Calif.: Wadsworth Pub. Co.

 

Grinval'd, E. V. (1987). Ob'yasnenie znacheniy russkikh poslovits i pogovorok. (The Explanation of the Meaning of Russian Proverbs and Sayings). Russkii yazyk v shkole, 74(4), 73-76.

 

Grobelnik, M., Holt, C. A., & Prasnikar, V. (1999). Classroom Games: Strategic Interaction on the Internet. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 13(2), 211-220.

 

Gronn, P. C. (1986). Choosing a Deputy Head: The Rhetoric and Reality of Administrative Selection. Australian Journal of Education, 30(1), 1-22.

 

Grundy, S. (1992). Beyond Guaranteed Outcomes: Creating a Discourse for Educational Praxis. Australian Journal of Education, 36(2), 157-169.

 

Grundy, S. (1994). Which Way Toward the Year 2000: Contrasting Policy Discourses in 2 Education Systems. Curriculum Inquiry, 24(3), 327-347.

 

Grundy, S., & Bonser, S. (1997). In Whose Interests: Competing Discourses in the Policy and Practice of School Restructuring. Australian Journal of Education, 41(2), 150-168.

 

Grundy, S., & Hatton, E. J. (1995). Teacher Educators Ideological Discourses. Journal of Education for Teaching, 21(1), 7-24.

 

Gruppen, L. D., Hutchinson, S. P., Gordon, P. J., & Roser, S. (1996). An Evaluation of the Efficacy of Interactive Videoconferencing in Residency and Continuing-Education. Academic Medicine, 71(1), S7-S9.

 

Guido, M. G. (1995). Voice and poetic discourse: A pilot study in stylistics and English literature teaching. Galatina (Lecce): Congedo.

 

Guimaraes, A. M. M. (1989). A construcao de narrativas orais por pre-escolares: Analise dos recursos coesivos empregados. (The Construction of Oral Narratives by Preschoolers: An Analysis of the Cohesive Resources Utilized). Letras de Hoje, 24, 4(78), 63-78.

 

Gumperz, J. J., & Field, M. (1995). Children's Discourse and Inferential Practices in Cooperative Learning. Discourse Processes: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 19(1), 133-47.

 

Gunnarsson, B. L. (1996). Text, Discourse Community and Culture: A Social Constructive View of Texts from Different Cultures. In Hickey, Tina, & Williams, Jenny (Eds.), Language, Education and Society in a Changing World. (pp. 157-169). Clevedon, England: Multilingual Matters Ltd.

 

Gunnarsson, B. L. (1997). Applied discourse analysis. In: van Dijk, Teun A. (Ed.), Discourse as social interaction: Discourse studies: A multidisciplinary introduction, Vol. 2. (pp. 285-312). London, England UK: Sage Publications.

 

Guralnick, M. J., & Paul-Brown, D. (1980). Functional and Discourse Analyses of Nonhandicapped Preschool Children's Speech to Handicapped Children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 84(5), 444-454.

 

Gustavsson, L., Linell, P., & Säljö, R. (1993). Discourse in language and discourse on language: The decontextualization of language in language teaching. International Journal of Educational Research 19, 265-276.

 

Guthrie, E. M. (1987). Classroom Discourse as Linguistic Input: A Study of Student Participation, Percentage of French Used in Class, and the Communicative Orientation of Classroom Activities in Six Second-Semester French Classes. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 48(2), 324-3.

 

Guthrie, E. M. L. (1983). Intake, Communication, and Second-Language Teaching. Studies in Language Learning, 4(2), 33-53.

 

Gutierrez, K. D., Baquedano Lopez, P., & Tejeda, C. (1999). Rethinking diversity: Hybridity and hybrid language practices in the  Third Space.  Mind, Culture, and Activity, 6(4), 286-303.

 

Gwyn-Paquette, C., & Tochon, F. V. (2002). The Role of Reflective Conversations and Feedback in Helping Preservice Teachers Learn to Use Cooperative Activities in Their 2nd-Language Classrooms. Modern Language Journal, 86(2), 204-226.

 

Gwyn-Paquette, C., & Tochon, F. V. (2003). The Role of Reflective Conversations and Feedback in Helping Preservice Teachers Learn to Use Cooperative Activities in Their 2nd-Language Classrooms. Canadian Modern Language Review-Revue Canadienne des Langues Vivantes, 59(4), 503-545.

 

Haavelsrud, M. (1979). Indoctrination or politicization through textbook content? International Journal of Political Education 3, 67-84.

 

Haden, C. A., Reese, E., & Fivush, R. (1996). Mothers' Extratextual Comments during Storybook Reading: Stylistic Differences over Time and across Texts. Discourse Processes, 21(2), 135-169.

 

Hadley, P. A. (1998). Language-sampling protocols for eliciting text-level discourse.  Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 29(3), 132-147.

 

Hadwin, J., Baroncohen, S., Howlin, P., & Hill, K. (1997). Does Teaching Theory of Mind Have an Effect on the Ability to Develop Conversation in Children with Autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 27(5), 519-537.

 

Hagan, T. (1981). Functional Sentence Perspective and Second Language Teaching. Modern Languages, 62(4), 201-204.

 

Hagge, J. (1988). Presenting the Teacher-Based Case: Discourse Analysis in the Business Communication Class. Bulletin of the Association for Business Communication, 51(1), 5-12.

 

Hajicova, E., Leska, O., Sgall, P., & Skoumalova, Z. (Eds.). (1996). Prague Linguistic Circle Papers, Vol. 2. Amsterdam, Netherlands: John Benjamins Publishing Co.

 

Hakansson, G. A. M. (1988). Teacher Talk: How Teachers Modify Their Speech When Addressing Learners of Swedish as a Second Language. Dissertation Abstracts International. C: European Abstracts, 49(1), 9-8.

 

Hakuta, K., & Cancino, H. (1977). Trends in Second-Language-Acquisition Research. Harvard Educational Review, 47(3), 294-316.

 

Hale, G. A. (1996). A study of writing tasks assigned in academic degree programs.

 

Halford, J. M., & Noddings, N. (1998). Longing for the Sacred in Schools: A Conversation with Nel Noddings. Educational Leadership, 56(4), 28-32.

 

Hall, R. (1999). The organization and development of discursive practices for "having a theory".  Discourse Processes, 27(2), 187-218.

 

Hallam, S., & Francis, H. (1998). Is My Understanding Yours: A Study of Higher-Education Students Reading for Understanding and the Effects of Different Texts. Learning and Instruction, 8(1), 83-95.

 

Hallet, R. (1975). Towards an Analysis of Discourse (The English Used by Teachers and Pupils). Revue des Langues Vivantes / Tijdschrift voor Levende Talen, 41(6), 665-666.

 

Halloun, I. A. (1998). Interactive Model-Based Education: An Alternative to Outcomes-Based Education in Physics. South African Journal of Science, 94(7), 313-318.

 

Hamachek, D. (1995). Self-Concept and School-Achievement: Interaction Dynamics and a Tool for Assessing the Self-Concept Component. Journal of Counseling and Development, 73(4), 419-425.

 

Hamel, C. J., & Ryanjones, D. L. (1997). Using 3-Dimensional Interactive Graphics to Teach Equipment Procedures. Etr&D-Educational Technology Research and Development, 45(4), 77-87.

 

Hamel, F. L., & Smith, M. W. (1998). You can't play if you don't know the rules: Interpretive conventions and the teaching of literature to students in lower-track classes. Reading & Writing Quarterly: Overcoming Learning Difficulties, 14(4), 355-377.

 

Hancock, M. (1997). Behind Classroom Code-Switching: Layering and Language Choice in L2 Learner Interaction. Tesol Quarterly, 31(2), 217-235.

 

Hannover, B. (1997). Effects of Pubertal Maturation upon the Formation of Informal Interaction Groups in Coeducational School Classes and in Girls School Classes. Zeitschrift fur Padagogische Psychologie, 11(1), 3-13.

 

Hanrahan, M. (1999). Rethinking Science Literacy: Enhancing Communication and Participation in School Science Through Affirmational Dialogue Journal Writing. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 36(6), 699-717.

 

Hansen, R. S., & Hansen, K. (1997). Write your way to a higher GPA. How to dramatically boost your GPA simply by sharpening your writing skills. Berkeley, Calif.: Ten Speed Press.

 

Harder, B. D. (1981). Discourse Structures and Grammatical Competence: An Experimental Composition Course in Japan. Language Sciences, 3, 1(53), 27-50.

 

Hardman, E., & Smith, S. W. (1999). Promoting Positive Interactions in the Classroom. Intervention in School and Clinic, 34(3), 178-180.

 

Hardman, F., & Mroz, M. (1999). Post-16 English teaching: From recitation to discussion.  Educational Review, 51(3), 283-293.

 

Hardman, F., Smith, F., & Wall, K. (2003). 'Interactive Whole Class Teaching' in the National Literacy Strategy.  Cambridge Journal of Education, 33(2), 197-215.

 

Hardman, F., & Williamson, J. (1998). The discourse of post-16 English teaching.  Educational Review, 50(1), 5-14.

 

Hardy, R., Oppenheim, C., & Rubbert, I. (2002). Pricing Strategies and Models for the Provision of Digitized Texts in Higher-Education. Journal of Information Science, 28(2), 97-110.

 

Harger, R. O. (1996). Teaching in a Computer Classroom with a Hyperlinked, Interactive Book. Ieee Transactions on Education, 39(3), 327-335.

 

Hargreaves, A. (2000). Mixed Emotions: Teachers Perceptions of Their Interactions with Students. Teaching and Teacher Education, 16(8), 811-826.

 

Haring-Smith, T. (Ed.). (1985). A guide to writing programs. Writing centers, peer tutoring programs, and writing-across-the-curriculum. Glenview, Ill.: Scott, Foresman.

 

Harker, J. O., Hartley, J. T., & Walsh, D. A. (1982). Understanding discourse: A life-span approach. Advances in Reading/Language Research, 1, 155-202.

 

Harman, I. P. (1990). Teaching Indirect Speech: Deixis Points the Way. English Language Teaching Journal, 44(3), 230-238.

 

Harper, L. V., & McCluskey, K. S. (2003). Teacher-Child and Child-Child Interactions in Inclusive Preschool Settings: Do Adults Inhibit Peer Interactions. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 18(2), 163-184.

 

Harris, P., Trezise, J., & Winser, W. N. (2002). Is the Story on My Face: Intertextual Conflicts During Teacher-Class Interactions Around Texts in Early Grade Classrooms. Research in the Teaching of English, 37(1), 9-54.

 

Harrison, R., & Tait, A. (Eds.). (1998). Telling tales: Perspectives on guidance and counselling in learning. London New York: Routledge.

 

Hartley, H. (1999). Whats My Orientation: Using the Teacher-as-Text Strategy as Feminist Pedagogical Practice. Teaching Sociology, 27(4), 398-406.

 

Hartman, M. (1996). Thinking and learning in classroom discourse.  Volta Review, 98(3), 93-106.

 

Hartveldt, R. (1979). La Situation comme co-determinant des formes et des fonctions du langage; comment enseigner cet "art elliptique": parler une langue etrangere. (The Situation as Co-determinant of the Forms and Functions of Language: How to Teach This "art elliptique": Speaking a Foreign Language). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 33, 69-85.

 

Hartzog, C. P. (1986). Composition and the academy. A study of writing program administration. New York: Modern Language Association of America.

 

Harwell, M. R., Herrick, M. L., Curtis, D., Mundfrom, D., & Gold, K. (1996). Evaluating Statistics Texts Used in Education. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 21(1), 3-34.

 

Hasan, A. S. (1990). Variation in Spoken Discourse in and beyond the English Foreign Language Classroom: A Comparative Study. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 50, 12, 3934-1.

 

Haslett, B. J. (1983). Children's Strategies for Maintaining Cohesion in Their Written and Oral Stories. Communication Education, 32(1), 91-105.

 

Hatch, E. M. (1992). Discourse and language education. Cambridge (England) New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Hauser, M. E., & Thompson, C. (1995). Creating a classroom culture of promise: Lessons from a first grade. In: Swadener, Beth Blue, & Lubeck, Sally. (Eds.), Children and families "at promise":  Deconstructing the discourse of risk. SUNY series, the social context of education. (pp. 210-223). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Haviland, C. P. (1995). Writing-Across-the-Curriculum Discourse Community Lines: Nature, Criteria, and Purpose in University Classrooms. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 55, 8, Feb, 2307-A.

 

Hawes, T., & Thomas, S. (1995). Theme Choice and Lateral Verbs in Newspaper Editorials. Hongkong Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching, 18, 103-113.

 

Hawisher, G. E., & Selfe, C. L. (Eds.). (1999). Passions, pedagogies, and 21st century technologies. Logan, UT Urbana, IL: Utah State University Press National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Hawkes, H. (1977). The Ideas of 'Notional Syllabus' and 'Discourse Analysis' in Relation to ESP Materials. Lenguaje y Ciencias, 17(3), 78-87.

 

Hayashi, T. (1996). Politeness in conflict management: A conversation analysis of dispreferred message from a cognitive perspective.  Journal of Pragmatics, 25(2), 227-255.

 

Hays, J. N. (Ed.). (1983). The Writer's mind. Writing as a mode of thinking. Urbana, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Hazelton, M. (1990). Medical Discourse on Contemporary Nurse Education: An Ideological Analysis. Australian and new Zealand Journal of Sociology, 26(1), 107-125.

 

Hazen, N. L., & Black, B. (1989). Preschool peer communication skills: The role of social status and intervention context. Child Development, 60(4), 867-876.

 

He, A. W. (1996). Constructing discourse identities in the openings of academic counseling encounters. In Hartmut B. Mokros (Ed.), Interaction & identity. Information and behavior, Vol. 5. (pp. 119-143). New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers.

 

He, A. W. (1996). Narrative Processes and Institutional Activities: Recipient Guided Storytelling in Academic Counseling Encounters. Pragmatics, 6(2), 205-216.

 

He, A. W. (1996). Stories as academic counseling resources. Journal of Narrative & Life History, 6(2), 107-121.

 

 

He, A. W. (1998). Reconstructing institutions. Language use in academic counseling encounters. Greenwich, Conn.: Ablex Pub. Corp.

 

Heap, J. L. (1985). Discourse in the production of classroom knowledge: Reading lessons. Curriculum Inquiry, 15(3), 245-279.

 

Heap, J. L. (1987). Ethnomethodology: Disclosing education. The Discourse Analytic Research Group Newsletter, 3(2), 16-20.

 

Heap, J. L. (1988). On Task in Classroom Discourse. Linguistics and Education, 1(2), 177-198.

 

Heath, R. (1986). Teaching Information Sequence in Scientific Writing to Primary Esl Pupils in Singapore. Working Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching, 9, 58-68.

 

Heath, S. B. (1982). What No Bedtime Story Means: Narrative Skills at Home and School. Language in Society, 11(1), 49-76.

 

Hedderich, N. (1992). Linguistic and Communicative Aspects of Classroom Discourse in First-Year Accelerated German Classes: A Process-Product Investigation. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 53(1), 55-3.

 

Heddesheimer, C., & Roussel, F. (1986). Essai d'analyse discursive d'un seminaire. (An Attempt at a Discursive Analysis of the Seminar). Verbum, 9(1), 29-59.

 

Hedges, J. (2002). The Importance of Posting and Interaction with the Education Bureaucracy in Becoming a Teacher in Ghana. International Journal of Educational Development, 22(3-4), 353-366.

 

Heidrich, M. (1986). Zu unterrichtsmethodischen und zu methodologischen Fragen der Dialogforschung in ontogenetischer Sicht. (On the Didactic and Methodological Problems of Dialogue Research from an Ontogenetic Perspective). Linguistische Studien, Reihe A: Arbeitsberichte, 149, 285-296.

 

Heilker, P. (1996). The essay. Theory and pedagogy for an active form. Urbana, Ill.: National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Heim, M. (1975). Narrative Modes in Czech Literature. International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics, 19(2), 122-123.

 

Heinemann, M. (1987). Zur jugendsprachlichen Variation. (On Youth Language Variety). Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 24(3), 142-148.

 

Hekelman, F. P., Blase, J. R., & Bedinghaus, J. (1996). Discourse analysis of peer coaching in medical education: A case study.  Teaching and Learning in Medicine, 8(1), 41-47.

 

Helfrich-Miller, K. R. (1989). A Descriptive Study of the Mechanisms of Control Used by Mother Child Dyads at Three Levels of Discourse Structure. Dissertation Abstracts International, B: Sciences and Engineering, 50(6), 2364-C.

 

Heller, M. (1989). Speech economy and social selection in educational contexts: A Franco-Ontarian case study. Discourse Processes, 12(3), 377-390.

 

Heller, M. (1995). Language Choice, Social Institutions, and Symbolic Domination. Language in Society, 24(3), 373-405.

 

Heller, M., & Barker, G. (1988). Conversational Strategies and Contexts for Talk: Learning Activities for Franco-Ontarian Minority Schools. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 19(1), 20-47.

 

Hellermann, J. (2003). The interactive work of prosody in the IRF exchange: Teacher repetition in feedback moves.  Language in Society, 32(1), 79-104.

 

Hellmich, H. (1981). Fremdsprachige Gesprachsfuhrung und Konnensentwicklung. (Conducting Foreign-Language Conversations and Skill Development). Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 18(4), 215-222.

 

Helmstetter, E., Peck, C. A., & Giangreco, M. F. (1994). Outcomes of Interactions with Peers with Moderate or Severe Disabilities: A Statewide Survey of High-School-Students. Journal of the Association for Persons With Severe Handicaps, 19(4), 263-276.

 

Hemmings, A. (2000). High-School Democratic Dialogues: Possibilities for Praxis. American Educational Research Journal, 37(1), 67-91.

 

Hemphill, L., Feldman, H. M., Camp, L., & Griffin, T. M., et al. (1994). Developmental changes in narrative and non-narrative discourse in children with and without brain injury. Journal of Communication Disorders, 27(2), 107-133.

 

Henke, S., Lokon, E., Carlson, D., & Kreuzmann, B. (1998). A Conversation Toward Equity: A High School-University Partnership for Democratic Educational Renewal. Urban Education, 32(5), 632-644.

 

Henninger, M., Mandl, H., Pommer, M., & Linz, M. (1999). Die Veraenderung sprachrezeptiven Handelns: Einfluss des instruktionalen Gestaltungsprinzips Authentizitaet. / The impact of "authenticity" as a principle of instructional design on the improvement of the ability to analyze utterances.  Zeitschrift fuer Entwicklungspsychologie und Paedagogische Psychologie, 31(1), 1-10.

 

Hennings, D. G. (1982). Teaching communication and reading skills in the content areas. Bloomington, Ind.: Phi Delta Kappa.

 

Hensel, C. (1991). Profilierte Schulen-junge Schuler. Aktuelle Moglichkeiten und Grenzen schulubergreifender textlinguistischer Diskussion. (Profiled Schools-Young Students. The Current Possibilities and Limits of Supra-School Text-Linguistic Discussions). Linguistische Studien, Reihe A: Arbeitsberichte, 209, 70-79.

 

Henze, R., Lucas, T., & Scott, B. (1998). Dancing with the monster: Teachers discuss racism, power, and White privilege in education.  Urban Review, 30(3), 187-210.

 

Hepburn, A. (1997). Teachers and Secondary-School Bullying: A Postmodern Discourse Analysis. Discourse & Society, 8(1), 27-48.

 

Hepburn, A. (2000). Power lines: Derrida, discursive psychology and the management of accusations of teacher bullying.  British Journal of Social Psychology, 39(4), 605-628.

 

Herdt, G. (1987). Selfhood and discourse in Sambia dream sharing. In Barbara Tedlock (Ed.), Dreaming: Anthropological and psychological interpretations. School of American Research advanced seminar series. (pp. 55-85). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

 

Herdt, G. (1987, reprinted 1992). Selfhood and discourse in Sambia dream sharing. In: Tedlock, Barbara. (Ed.),reprinted 1992). Dreaming:Anthropological and psychological interpretations. School of American Research advanced seminar series. (pp. 55-85). New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.

 

Herman, J. (1997). Home language environment and school language use: The effects of language exposure on communicative skill.  International Journal of Psycholinguistics, 13(1)

 

Hernandez, N. G. (1973). A model of classroom discourse for use in conducting aptitude-treatment interaction studies.  Journal for Research in Mathematics Education,rnal for Research in Mathematics Education. 1973 May; Vol. 4(3), 161-169.

 

Herrenkohl, L. R., & Guerra, M. R. (1998). Participant structures, scientific discourse, and student engagement in fourth grade. Cognition & Instruction, 16(4), 431-473.

 

Herrmann, U., & Oelkers, J. (1989). Bringing Policy in Line with Educational-Theory and Politicization of Educational-Theory: Setting Up the Education-Policy Discourse of Modern Educational-Theory. Zeitschrift fur Padagogik (S24), 15-29.

 

Hess, L. J., & Johnston, J. R. (1988). Acquisition of back channel listener responses to adequate messages. Discourse Processes, 11(3), 319-335.

 

Hester, S., & Francis, D. (1995). Words and Pictures: Collaborative Storytelling in a Primary Classroom. Research in Education, 53, 65-88.

 

Hewlett-Gomez, M. R. (1986). Bilingual Teachers' Questions and Responses and Their Influence on Bilingual Students' Responses during Instruction in English Reading. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 46, 10, 2905-8.

 

Heyman, R. D. (1986). Formulating topic in the classroom. Discourse Processes, 9(1), 37-55.

 

Hickey, C. (2001). I Feel Enlightened Now, But: The Limits to the Pedagogic Translation of Critical Social Discourses in Physical-Education. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 20(3), 227-246.

 

Hickmann, M., & Hendriks, H. (1999). Cohesion and anaphora in children's narratives: A comparison of English, French, German, and Mandarin Chinese. Journal of Child Language, 26(2), 419-452.

 

Hicks, D. (1990). Narrative Skills and Genre Knowledge: Ways of Telling in the Primary School Grades. Applied Psycholinguistics, 11(1), 83-104.

 

Hicks, D. (1996). Learning as a prosaic act.  Mind, Culture, and Activity, 3(2), 102-118.

 

Hicks, D. (1997). Working Through Discourse Genres in School. Research in the Teaching of English, 31(4), 459-485.

 

Hicks, D. (Ed.). (1996). Discourse, learning, and schooling. Cambridge New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press.

 

Hicks, D. A. (1994). Individual and social meanings in the classroom: Narrative discourse as a boundary phenomenon.  Journal of Narrative and Life History, 4(3), 215-240.

 

Hiebert, J., & Wearne, D. (1993). Instructional tasks, classroom discourse, and students' learning in second-grade arithmetic.  American Educational Research Journal, 30(2), 393-425.

 

Hieke, A. E. (1981). Audio-Lectal Practice and Fluency Acquisition. Foreign Language Annals, 14(3), 189-194.

 

Hildebrand, M. A. (1986). An Analysis of Language and Communication as They Influence Understandings and Participation of Parents and Educators in Special Education. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(1), 37-3.

 

Hilgert, J. M. (1988). Le Discours du specialiste. (The Discourse of the Specialist). Francais dans le Monde, 29, 217, 59-62.

 

Hill, K. (1986). Playing with Words: The Verbal Folklore of Puerto Rican Schoolchildren in a Mainland Setting. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(2), 623-3.

 

Hill, R. J. (1995). Gay Discourse in Adult-Education: A Critical-Review. Adult Education Quarterly, 45(3), 142-158.

 

Hillocks, G. J. (1975). Reading, Natural Learning, and the Interpretation of Literature. Theory into Practice, 14(3), 156-165.

 

Hinchman, K. A., & Young, J. P. (2001). Speaking But Not Being Heard: 2 Adolescents Negotiate Classroom Talk About Text. Journal of Literacy Research, 33(2), 243-268.

 

Hinchman, K. A., & Young, J. P. (2001). Speaking but not being heard: Two adolescents negotiate classroom talk about text.  Journal of Literacy Research, 33(2), 243-268.

 

Hinkel, E. (2003). Teaching Academic ESL writing. Practical techniques in vocabulary and grammar. Mahwah, N.J.: L. Erlbaum Associates.

 

Hirschberg, S. (1988). Patterns across the disciplines. New York: Macmillan.

 

Hirsza, M. (1979). De l'analyse du discours a la formation continue. (From Discourse Analysis to Continuous Education). Bulletin pedagogique, 59, 34, 49-56.

 

Hitchcock, O. (1976). Public Address and Liberal Education. Central States Speech Journal, 27(3), 169-175.

 

Hodges, E. S. (1988). Speaking of Writing: A Sociolinguistic Reading of Content and Context in a First-Year College Composition Course. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 49(6), 1393-3.

 

Hoel, T. L. (1997). Voices from the classroom.  Teaching and Teacher Education, 13(1), 5-16.

 

Hofer, U. (1998). Liberal Education in French Modernization Discourse During the 18th-Century. Zeitschrift fur Padagogik(S38), 29-44.

 

Hoff-Ginsberg, E. (1994). Influences of mother and child on maternal talkativeness. Discourse Processes, 18(1), 105-117.

 

Hoffman, D. M. (1996). Culture and self in multicultural education: Reflections on discourse, text, and practice.  American Educational Research Journal, 33(3), 545-569.

 

Hoffman, D. M. (1999). Culture and Comparative Education: Toward Decentering and Recentering the Discourse. Comparative Education Review, 43(4), 464-488.

 

Hoffman, D. M. (2000). Pedagogies of self in American and Japanese early childhood education: A critical conceptual analysis.  Elementary School Journal, 101(2), 193-208.

 

Hofmann, H., & Heinecke, M. (1990). Der Fehler im Fremdsprachenunterricht: ein altes Thema-erneut diskutiert. (The Error in Second-Language Instruction: An Old Subject Newly Discussed). Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 27(1), 19-26.

 

Hogan, K. (1999). Sociocognitive Roles in Science Group Discourse. International Journal of Science Education, 21(8), 855-882.

 

Hogan, K., Nastasi, B. K., & Pressley, M. (1999). Discourse patterns and collaborative scientific reasoning in peer and teacher-guided discussions.  Cognition and Instruction, 17(4), 379-432.

 

Hogan, R. C. (1977). Self-Instructional Units Based on the Christensen Method. College Composition and Communication, 28(3), 275-277.

 

Holden, C. (1993). Giving Girls a Chance: Patterns of Talk in Co-Operative Group Work. Gender and Education, 5(2), 179-189.

 

Holdgrafer, G., & Campbell, T. F. (1986). Children's comprehension of intonation as a marker for discourse topic collaboration. Applied Psycholinguistics, 7(4), 373-384.

 

Holland, D., & Cole, M. (1995). Between Discourse and Schema: Reformulating a Cultural-Historical Approach to Culture and Mind. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 26(4), 475-489.

 

Holliday, L. (1988). Let Them Talk! A Study of Native-Nonnative Interaction in Conversation. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 4(1), 89-100.

 

Holligan, C. (1999). Building moral persons: A Durkheimian perspective on nursery staff's pedagogic discourse.  Early Child Development and Care, 152, 27-42.

 

Holmes, J. (1994). Improving the lot of female language learners. In Jane Sunderland (Ed.), Exploring Gender: Questions for English Language Education. (pp. 156-162). London. Prentice Hall.

 

Holmes, J. (1994). The role of compliments in female-male interaction. In Jane Sunderland (Ed.) Exploring Gender: Questions for English Language Education. (pp. 39-43). London. Prentice Hall.

 

Holmes, J., & Brown, D. F. (1987). Teachers and Students Learning about Compliments. TESOL Quarterly, 21(3), 523-546.

 

Homer, D. (1995). English and the Discourse of Levels. Australian Journal of Language and Literacy, 18(2), 116-126.

 

Horn, R. A. (2001). Post-Formal Design Conversation: Designing Just and Caring Educational-Systems. Systems Research and Behavioral Science, 18(4), 361-371.

 

Horn, R. A., & Carr, A. A. (2000). Providing Systemic Change for Schools: Towards Professional-Development Through Moral Conversation. Systems Research and Behavioral Science, 17(3), 255-272.

 

Horne, M. A. (1985). English Sentence Stress, Grammatical Functions and Contextual Coreference. Studia Linguistica, 39(1), 51-66.

 

Horner, B. (2000). Terms of work for composition. A materialist critique. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Horowitz, R. (1994). A Themed Issue on Classroom Talk About Text: What Teenagers and Teachers Come to Know About the World Through Talk About Text. Journal of Reading, 37(7), 532-538.

 

Horstmeier, D. A. S. (1986). The Mother-Child Communicative Interactions of Educationally Advantaged Down Syndrome and Normal Children Matched for Auditory Comprehension. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 46, 12, 3701-3.

 

Horwitz, E. K. (1986). Some Language Acquisition Principles and Their Implications for Second Language Teaching. Hispania, 69(3), 684-689.

 

Hoskins, S. (1985). Discourse structure analysis: An introduction to procedures and implications for instruction. Reading World, 24(4), 30-40.

 

House, J., & Vollmer, H. J. (1988). Sprechaktperformanz im Deutschen: zur Realisierung der Sprechhandlungen Bitten/Auffordern und Sich Entschuldigen. (Speech Act Performance in German: On the Realization of the Speech Actions "Request" and "Apology"). Linguistische Berichte, 114, 114-133.

 

Houssart, J. (2000). perceptions of mathematical pattern amongst primary teachers.  Educational Studies, 26(4), 489-502.

 

Howard, E., & Nozicka, D. (2000). From Life Savers(R) to Glitter: Interactive Activities to Teach About Infectious-Disease. Journal of School Health, 70(9), 385-386.

 

Howard, L. A. (2002). From Ivory Tower to Town Hall: Using Dialogic Inquiry as a Critical Pedagogy. American Behavioral Scientist, 45(7), 1125-1134.

 

Howell Richardson, C., & Mellar, H. (1996). A methodology for the analysis of patterns of participation within computer mediated communication courses.  Instructional Science, 24(1), 47-69.

 

Howie, S. H. (1984). A guidebook for teaching writing in content areas. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Hoy, A. W. (1996). Teaching Educational-Psychology: Texts in Context. Educational Psychologist, 31(1), 41-49.

 

Huang, C., & Shields, T. G. (2000). Interpretation of Interaction Effects in Logit an Probit Analyses: Reconsidering the Relationship Between Registration Laws, Education, and Voter Turnout. American Politics Quarterly, 28(1), 80-95.

 

Hubbuch, S. M. (1985). Writing research papers across the curriculum. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston.

 

Huberman, M. (1999). The Mind Is Its Own Place: The Influence of Sustained Interactivity with Practitioners on Educational Researchers. Harvard Educational Review, 69(3), 289-319.

 

Huckin, T. N. (1995). Critical discourse analysis. In T. Miller (Ed.), Functional Approaches to Written Text: Classroom Applications. TESOL (France), 2(2), 95-112.

 

Hudelot, C. (1980). Organisation linguistique d'echanges verbaux chez des enfants de maternelle. (The Linguistic Organization of Verbal Exchanges in Nursery School Children). Langages, 14, 59, 63-78.

 

Hudson, J. A., & Slackman, E. A. (1990). Children's use of scripts in inferential text processing. Discourse Processes, 13(4), 375-385.

 

Huff, M. T. (2000). A Comparison Study of Live Instruction Versus Interactive Television for Teaching MSW Students Critical Thinking Skills. Research on Social Work Practice, 10(4), 400-416.

 

Hughes, C. (1999). Identifying Critical Social-Interaction Behaviors Among High-School-Students with and Without Disabilities. Behavior Modification, 23(1), 41-60.

 

Hughes, C., Carter, E. W., Hughes, T., Bradford, E., & Copeland, S. R. (2002). Effects of Instructional Versus Non-Instructional Roles on the Social Interactions of High-School-Students. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities, 37(2), 146-162.

 

Hughes, C., Copeland, S. R., Wehmeyer, M. L., Agran, M., Cai, X. S., & Hwang, B. (2002). Increasing Social-Interaction Between General-Education High-School-Students and Their Peers with Mental-Retardation. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, 14(4), 387-402.

 

Hughes, C., Harmer, M. L., Killian, D. J., & Niarhos, F. (1995). The Effects of Multiple-Exemplar Self-Instructional Training on High-School-Students Generalized Conversational Interactions. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 28(2), 201-218.

 

Hughes, C., Rodi, M. S., Lorden, S. W., Pitkin, S. E., Derer, K. R., Hwang, B. S., & Cai, X. S. (1999). Social Interactions of High-School-Students with Mental-Retardation and Their General-Education Peers. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 104(6), 533-544.

 

Hughes, C., Rung, L. L., Wehmeyer, M. L., Agran, M., Copeland, S. R., & Hwang, B. (2000). Self-Prompted Communication Book Use to Increase Social-Interaction Among High-School-Students. Journal of the Association for Persons With Severe Handicaps, 25(3), 153-166.

 

Hughes, G. (2001). Exploring the Availability of Student Scientist Identities Within Curriculum Discourse: An Anti-Essentialist Approach to Gender-Inclusive Science. Gender and Education, 13(3), 275-290.

 

Hughes, M. (1989). Sensitising Primary School Teachers to Discourse Relations in Children's Writing. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 50(4), 924-C.

 

Hughes, R., & McCarthy, M. (1998). From Sentence to Discourse: Discourse Grammar and English-Language Teaching. Tesol Quarterly, 32(2), 263-287.

 

Hull, G., Rose, M., Fraser, K. L., & Castellano, M. (2002). Remediation as social construct: Perspectives from an analysis of classroom discourse. In: Zamel, Vivian, & Spack, Ruth. (Eds.), Enriching ESOL pedagogy:Readings and activities for engagement, reflection, and inquiry. (pp. 159-191). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Hull, G. A. (1991). Remediation as social construct: Perspectives fram an analysis of classroom discourse. Berkeley, CA National Center for the Study of Writing, University of California Pittsburgh, PA: National Center for the Study of Writing, Carnegie Mellon University.

 

Hulstijn, J. H. (1981). Discursieve kenmerken van foreigner talk en teacher talk. (Discourse Characteristics of "Foreigner Talk" and "Teacher Talk"). Levende Talen, 360, 221-235.

 

Hult, C. A. (1997). Readings from the disciplines. Research models for writers. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

Hult, C. A., & Hult, C. A. (2003). Readings from the disciplines. Research models for writers. Boston, MA: Pearson/Custom Pub. Pearson/and AB.

 

Hultqvist, K. (1997). Changing rationales for governing the child: A historical perspective on the emergence of the psychological child in the context of preschool--notes on a study in progress. Childhood: A Global Journal of Child Research, 4(4), 405-424.

 

Hummel, R. D. (1985). Some Pedagogical Implications of Speech Act Theory: The Interpersonal Function in the First Six Weeks of Elementary German. Unterrichtspraxis, 18(1), 4-19.

 

Humphrey, F. (1978). Children's Functional Language and Education in the Early Years. Linguistic Reporter, 21(2), 3, 8-9.

 

Hunsaker, D. M. (1978). The Rhetoric of Brown v. Board of Education: Paradigm for Contemporary Social Protest. Southern Speech Communication Journal, 43(2), 91-109.

 

Hunt, P., Alwell, M., & Goetz, L. (1991). Establishing Conversational Exchanges with Family and Friends: Moving from Training to Meaningful Communication. Journal of Special Education, 25(3), 305-319.

 

Hunt, P., Farrondavis, F., Wrenn, M., Hirosehatae, A., & Goetz, L. (1997). Promoting Interactive Partnerships in Inclusive Educational-Settings. Journal of the Association for Persons With Severe Handicaps, 22(3), 127-137.

 

Huntington, A., & Watton, F. (1984). Language and Interaction in the Education of Hearing-Impaired Children: Part Two. Teacher of the Deaf, 8(5), 137-144.

 

Hurman, J. (1996). Marking GCSE Role-Play. Language Learning Journal, 13, 19-21.

 

Huss-Lederman, S. A. (1995). Learner Helping Learner: A Sociolinguistic Analysis of Low-Literate Adult Learners Using Educational Computer Programs in the Learning of English as a Second Language (Volumes I and II). Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 56, 4, Oct, 1337-A.

 

Hymes, D. (1992). Inequality in Language: Taking for Granted. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 8(1), 1-30.

 

Hynd, C., Alvermann, D., & Qian, G. Y. (1997). Preservice Elementary-School Teachers Conceptual Change About Projectile Motion: Refutation Text, Demonstration, Affective Factors, and Relevance. Science Education, 81(1), 1-27.

 

Hynd, C. R. (1999). Teaching Students to Think Critically Using Multiple Texts in History. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 42(6), 428-436.

 

Hyslopmargison, E. J. (2000). The Market-Economy Discourse on Education: Interpretation, Impact, and Resistance. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 46(3), 203-213.

 

Ibanez Bernal, C. (1999). Conducta de estudio: El papel de identificar criterios en el discurso didactico. / Study behavior: The role of identifying criteria in didactic discourse.  Acta Comportamentalia, 7(1), 47-66.

 

Ide, S. (1995). Discourse Analysis in Japan. In T. Inoue (Ed.), Nihongo Kyooiku ni okeru Shakai-gengogaku-teki Kiban. (pp. 4-10). A report submitted to the Ministry of Education, Japan.

 

Iedema, R. (1996). 'Save the Talk for after the Listening': The Realisation of Regulative Discourse in Teacher Talk. Language and Education, 10, 2-3, 82-102.

 

Iedema, R., & Scheeres, H. (2003). From doing work to talking work: Renegotiating knowing, doing, and identity.  Applied Linguistics, 24(3), 316-337.

 

Iino, M. (1993). The Trap of Generalization: A Case of Encountering a New Culture. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 9(1), 21-45.

 

Ilatov, Z. Z., Shamai, S., Hertz-Lazarovitz, R., & Mayer-Young, S. (1998). Teacher-Student Classroom Interactions: The Influence of Gender, Academic Dominance, and Teacher Communication Style. Adolescence, 33(130), 269-277.

 

Iles, Z. (1996). Collaborative Repair in EFL Classroom Talk. York Papers in Linguistics, 17, 23-51.

 

Illes, K. (2003). The Patchwork Text and Business Education: Rethinking the Importance of Personal Reflection and Cooperative Cultures. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 40(2), 209-215.

 

Inagaki, K., Morita, E., & Hatano, G. (1999). Teaching-learning of evaluative criteria for mathematical arguments through classroom discourse: A cross-national study.  Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 1(2), 93-111.

 

Ingersoll, D. M. (1992). Descriptive Study of Teacher Talk Communication and Its Relationship with Classroom Climate. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 52, 10, 3475-3.

 

Ingham, R., & Kirkland, D. (1997). Discourses and sexual health: Providing for young people. In: Yardley, Lucy (Ed.), Material discourses of health and illness. (pp. 150-175). London, England UK: Routledge.

 

Ingulsrud, J. E. (1989). Testing in Japan: A Discourse Analysis of Reading Comprehension Test Items. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 49, 12, 3645-C.

 

Irvine, L. (2002). Animal Problems/People Skills: Emotional and Interactional Strategies in Humane Education. Society & Animals, 10(1), 63-91.

 

Ishiguro, T. (1986). Adjusted and Non-Adjusted Interaction in English Language Teacher Talk. Descriptive and Applied Linguistics, 19, 79-90.

 

Ishiguro, T. (1986). Simplification and Elaboration in Foreign Language Teacher Talk. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(3), 816-3.

 

Iverson, M. R. (1970). The research paper simplified. For high school and college students. New Delhi: Prentice-Hall of India.

 

Jackson, J., & Bilton, L. (1994). Stylistic Variations in Science Lectures: Teaching Vocabulary. English for Specific Purposes, 13(1), 61-80.

 

Jackson, R. L. I. I. (1999). White space, white privilege: Mapping discursive inquiry into the self.  Quarterly Journal of Speech, 85(1), 38-54.

 

Jackson, S., & Jacobs, S. (1982). Ambiguity and Implicature in Children's Discourse Comprehension. Journal of Child Language, 9(1), 209-216.

 

Jackson, S. M. (1997). Using focus groups to explore sexual coercion in teenagers' heterosexual relationships.  In: Habermann, Gustav M. (Ed.), Looking back and moving forward:  50 years of New Zealand psychology. (pp. 129-136). Wellington, New Zealand: New Zealand Psychological Society, Inc..

 

Jacobs, W. R. (1998). The Teacher as Text: Using Personal-Experience to Stimulate the Sociological Imagination. Teaching Sociology, 26(3), 222-228.

 

Jacobs Huey, L. (2003). Ladies Are Seen, Not Heard: Language Socialization in a Southern, African American Cosmetology School.  Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 34(3), 277-299.

 

Jacobson, R. (1988). A New Design for the Qualitative Assessment of Children's Language Choice. Sociolinguistics, 17(1), 17-36.

 

Jain, N. L., Murphy, J. F., Hassan, S. W., Cunnius, E. L., Metcalfe, E. S., Schnase, J. L., Schoening, P. A., Spooner, S. A., & Frisse, M. E. (1994). Interactive Electronic Whiteboards in the Medical Classroom. Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association(s), 54-58.

 

Jami'at 'Ayn Shams. (1982). Discourse analysis: Theory and application : proceedings of the Second National Symposium on Linguistics and English Language Teaching, Cairo University, Alexandria University, March 30-April 3, 1982, in collaboration with CDELT, Ain Shams University. Cairo: CDELT, Ain Shams.

 

Jamieson, J. R. (1994). Teaching as Transaction: Vygotskian Perspectives on Deafness and Mother-Child Interaction. Exceptional Children, 60(5), 434-449.

 

Janes, J. P. (1990). The Effects of Inservice Education on Selected Teachers' Language during Storybook Reading. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 51(2), 407-1.

 

Jang, S. J. (1999). Age-Varying Effects of Family, School, and Peers on Delinquency: A Multilevel Modeling Test of Interactional Theory. Criminology, 37(3), 643-685.

 

Janney, R. E., & Snell, M. E. (1996). How Teachers Use Peer Interactions to Include Students with Moderate and Severe Disabilities in Elementary General-Education Classes. Journal of the Association for Persons With Severe Handicaps, 21(2), 72-80.

 

Janssen, M. J., Riksen-Walraven, J. M., & Van Dijk, J. P. M. (2002). Enhancing the Quality of Interaction Between Deafblind Children and Their Educators. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, 14(1), 87-109.

 

Janssen, M. J., Riksen-Walraven, J. M., & Van Dijk, J. P. M. (2003). Contact: Effects of an Intervention Program to Foster Harmonious Interactions Between Deaf-Blind Children and Their Educators. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, 97(4), 215-229.

 

Jarratt, S. C. F., & Worsham, L. (Eds.). (1998). Feminism and composition studies. In other words. New York: Modern Language Association of America.

 

Jarvella, R. J., Lundberg, I., & Kalliokoski, L. (1992). A comparative study of error detection in discourse. Reading and Writing, 4(1), 79-94.

 

Jarvis, H. (1997). Word-Processing and Writing Skills: Practical Applications to Language Teaching Text Books. British Journal of Educational Technology, 28(3), 165-175.

 

Jarvis, J. (1983). An ESP Teacher's Guide to Functional Analyses. ESP Journal, 2(1), 101-112.

 

Jarvis, J., & Robinson, M. (1997). Analyzing Educational Discourse: An Exploratory-Study of Teacher Response and Support to Pupils Learning. Applied Linguistics, 18(2), 212-228.

 

Jassey, I. A. (1998). Gender in Elementary-School Texts. Japan Quarterly, 45(1), 87-93.

 

Jeanneret, T. (1992). Pourquoi reformuler et comment le faire?. (Why Reformulate and How Should It Be Done?). Travaux neuchatelois de linguistique (TRANEL), 18, 67-81.

 

Jeanneret, T. (1992). Why Reformulate and How Should It Be Done?; Pourquoi reformuler et comment le faire?. Travaux neuchatelois de linguistique (TRANEL), 18, 67-81.

 

Jeffery, K. R., & Roach, L. E. (1994). A Study of the Presence of Evolutionary Protoconcepts in Pre-High-School Textbooks. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 31(5), 507-518.

 

Jeffries, P. R. (2000). Development and Test of a Model for Designing Interactive Cd-Roms for Teaching Nursing Skills. Computers in Nursing, 18(3), 118-124.

 

Jegede, O. J., & Olajide, J. O. (1995). Wait-time, classroom discourse, and the influence of sociocultural factors in science teaching.  Science Education, 79(3), 233-249.

 

Jenlink, P. M. (2001). Activity Theory and the Design of Educational-Systems: Examining the Mediational Importance of Conversation. Systems Research and Behavioral Science, 18(4), 345-359.

 

Jenne, M. (1999). The Effect of Teacher Style on Interactive Engagement. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 14(1), 69-70.

 

Jenny, N. Y. Y., & Fai, T. S. (2001). Evaluating the Effectiveness of an Interactive Multimedia Computer-Based Patient Education-Program in Cardiac Rehabilitation. Occupational Therapy Journal of Research, 21(4), 260-275.

 

Jensen, M., Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2002). Impact of Positive Interdependence During Electronic Quizzes on Discourse and Achievement. Journal of Educational Research, 95(3), 161-166.

 

Jewell, T. A., & Pratt, D. (1999). Literature Discussions in the Primary Grades: Childrens Thoughtful Discourse About Books and What Teachers Can Do to Make It Happen. Reading Teacher, 52(8), 842-850.

 

Jha, V., & Duffy, S. (2002). 10 Golden Rules for Designing Software in Medical-Education: Results from a Formative Evaluation of Dialog. Medical Teacher, 24(4), 417-421.

 

Jha, V., Widdowson, S., & Duffy, S. (2002). Development and Evaluation of an Interactive Computer-Assisted-Learning Program: A Novel-Approach to Teaching Gynecological Surgery. British Journal of Educational Technology, 33(3), 323-331.

 

Jibaja, M. L., Kingery, P., Neff, N. E., Smith, Q., Bowman, J., & Holcomb, J. D. (2000). Tailored, Interactive Soap-Opera for Breast-Cancer Education of High-Risk Hispanic Women. Journal of Cancer Education, 15(4), 237-242.

 

Jill, A. (1995). A Study of Unauthorized Writing: The Rhetoric of the Notes Middle School Students Pass in School. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 55, 10, Apr, 3087-A-3088-A.

 

Jimenez, R. T., Gersten, R., & Rivera, A. (1996). Conversations with a Chicana Teacher: Supporting Students Transition from Native to English-Language Instruction. Elementary School Journal, 96(3), 333-341.

 

Jisa, H. L. (1986). Sentence Connectors in the Speech of French Preschoolers. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 46(9), 2679-8.

 

Johannesson, I. A. (1992). Capable of Resisting and Entitled to Lead: On the Historical Conditions of the Neo-Marxist Educational Discourse. Educational Policy, 6(3), 298-318.

 

John, I. (1998). Some reflections on Cotton's response.  Australian Psychologist, 33(1), 38-39.

 

John, I. (1998). The scientist-practitioner model: A critical examination.  Australian Psychologist, 33(1), 24-30.

 

Johns, A., Brosnahan, I., & Coe, R. (1984). Discourse Analysis of Written Tests in a Chinese Teacher Training Program. Language Learning and Communication / Zhongying Yuwen Jiaoxue, 3(3), 367-373.

 

Johns, A. M. (1997). Text, role, and context. Developing academic literacies. Cambridge, UK New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Johns, A. M. (Ed.). (2002). Genre in the classroom. Multiple perspectives. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

 

Johnson, B. E. (1986). Teacher and Student Discourse: What Gets Done in an Elementary School Classroom. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(6), 2018-9.

 

Johnson, C. E. (1987). An Introduction to Powerful and Powerless Talk in the Classroom. Communication Education, 36(2), 167-172.

 

Johnson, D. B., Chu, W. W., Dionisio, J. D., Taira, R. K., & Kangarloo, H. (1999). Creating and Indexing Teaching Files from Free-Text Patient Reports. Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association(s), 814-818.

 

Johnson, F. L. (2003). Language as cultural practice: Mexicanos en el Norte.  Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 22(3), 335-339.

 

Johnson, G. C. (2001). A Cautionary Tale: A Dialogic Rereading of a Student-Teachers Visual Narrative. Narrative Inquiry, 11(2), 451-478.

 

Johnson, H. A., & Roman, M. (2003). Geriatric Continuing-Education in the Workplace: Utilizing Interactive Television (Itv) Technology in Theory and in Practice. Educational Gerontology, 29(7), 597-616.

 

Johnson, L. J., & Pugach, M. C. (1996). Role of Collaborative Dialogue in Teachers Conceptions of Appropriate Practice for Students at Risk. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 7(1), 9-24.

 

Johnson, R. E. (1975). Meaning in Complex Learning. Review of Educational Research, 45(3), 425-459.

 

Johnson, T., & Avery, P. G. (1999). The Power of the Press: A Content and Discourse Analysis of the United-States History Standards as Presented in Selected Newspapers. Theory and Research in Social Education, 27(4), 447-471.

 

Johnston, J., & Milne, L. (1995). Scaffolding 2nd-Language Communicative Discourse with Teacher-Controlled Multimedia. Foreign Language Annals, 28(3), 315-329.

 

Johnston, J. R. (1982). Narratives: A New Look at Communication Problems in Older Language-Disordered Children. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 13(3), 144-155.

 

Johnston, S. (1994). Conversations with Student-Teachers: Enhancing the Dialog of Learning to Teach. Teaching and Teacher Education, 10(1), 71-82.

 

Jones, A., & Jacka, S. (1995). Discourse of disadvantage: Girls' school achievement.  New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 30(2), 165-175.

 

Jones, A., Price, E., & Selby, C. (1998). Exploring Childrens Responses to Interpersonal Conflict Using Bubble Dialogue in a Mainstream and Ebd School. Computers & Education, 30(1-2), 67-74.

 

Jones, E., Gallois, C., Callan, V., & Barker, M. (1999). Strategies of accommodation: Development of a coding system for conversational interaction.  Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 18(2), 123-152.

 

Jones, L. (1997). Talking About Everyday Issues in the Formal Classroom Setting: A Framework for Understanding the Dynamics of Interaction. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 29(5), 559-567.

 

Jones, L., & Brown, T. (2001). 'Reading' the nursery classroom: A Foucauldian perspective.  International Journal of Qualitative Studies In Education, 14(6), 713-725.

 

Jones, R. W., Bizzaro, P., & Selfe, C. L. (1997). The Harcourt Brace guide to writing in the disciplines. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace College Publishers.

 

Jones, S., & Tanner, H. (2002). Teachers Interpretations of Effective Whole-Class Interactive Teaching in Secondary Mathematics Classrooms. Educational Studies, 28(3), 265-274.

 

Jones, S. B., & Baer, E. A. (Eds.). (2003). Essays that worked for medical schools. 40 essays from successful applications to the nation's top medical schools. New York: Ballantine Books.

 

Jordan, A., Lindsay, L., & Stanovich, P. J. (1997). Classroom Teachers Instructional Interactions with Students Who Are Exceptional, at Risk, and Typically Achieving. Remedial and Special Education, 18(2), 82-93.

 

Jordan, I. J. (1990). Self-Selection in Turn-Taking: An Approach to Teaching Spanish. Hispania, 73(4), 1154-1157.

 

Jordan, R. R. (1997). English for academic purposes. A guide and resource book for teachers. Cambridge, U.K. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.

 

Judge, A. (1994). Rhetoric and Stylistics in France: Links and Divergences. In J. A. Coleman, & R. Crawshaw (Eds.), Discourse Variety in Contemporary French: Descriptive and Pedagogical Approaches. (pp. 67-85). London: Assn. for Fr. Lang. Studies with Centre for Information on Lang. Teaching & Research.

 

Juncos-Rabadan, O. (1996). Narrative Speech in the Elderly: Effects of Age and Education on Telling Stories. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 19(3), 669-685.

 

Jungwirth, H. (1993). Routines in classroom discourse: An ethnomethodological approach.  European Journal of Psychology of Education, 8(4), 375-387.

 

Kahn, H. J. (1996). Review Article: Controlling for Variability in Research on Normal Aging and Neuropsychological Populations. Brain and Language, 53(3), 408-416.

 

Kailani, T. Z. (1995). A Synthesized Pedagogical Methodology for English Classroom Interactions. Iral-International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 33(4), 333-344.

 

Kaiser, A. P., Hemmeter, M. L., Ostrosky, M. M., Fischer, R., Yoder, P., & Keefer, M. (1996). The Effects of Teaching Parents to Use Responsive Interaction Strategies. Topics in Early Childhood Special Education, 16(3), 375-406.

 

Kaiser, M. (1977). Der Beziehungsaspekt literarischer Kommunikation als literaturpadagogisches Problem. (The Relational Aspect of Literary Communication as a Problem in Teaching Literature). Linguistik und Didaktik, 8, 3(31), 194-209.

 

Kakava, C. (1993). Conflicting Argumentative Strategies in the Classroom. Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics, 402-420.4

 

Kalina, S. (1994). Analyzing Interpreters' Performance: Methods and Problems; Papers from 2nd Lang. Internat. Conf., Elsinore, Denmark, 4-6 June 1993. In C. Dollerup, & A. Lindegaard (Eds.), Teaching Translation and Interpreting, II: Insights, Aims, Visions. (pp. 225-32). Amsterdam: Benjamins.

 

Kalina, S. (1995). Interpretation and Discourse Analysis: Demands on Interpreter Performance; Dolmetschen und Diskursanalyse: Anforderungen an Dolmetschleistungen. anglistik und englischunterricht, 55-56, 233-245.

 

Kamin, C. S., Osullivan, P. S., Younger, M., & Deterding, R. (2001). Measuring Critical Thinking in Problem-Based Learning Discourse. Teaching and Learning in Medicine, 13(1), 27-35.

 

Kamlah, W., & Lorenzen, P. (1984). Logical propaedeutic: pre-school of reasonable discourse. Washington, DC: University Press of America.

 

Kamps, D. M., Barbetta, P. M., Leonard, B. R., & Delquadri, J. (1994). Classwide Peer Tutoring: An Integration Strategy to Improve Reading-Skills and Promote Peer Interactions Among Students with Autism and General-Education Peers. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27(1), 49-61.

 

Kanagy, R. (1999). Interactional routines as a mechanism for L2 acquisition and socialization in an immersion context. Journal of Pragmatics, 31(11), 1467-1492.

 

Kane, S. (1998). The View from the Discourse Level: Teaching Relationships and Text Structure. Reading Teacher, 52(2), 182-184.

 

Kantor, K. J. (1981). Research in Composition: What It Means for Teachers. English Journal, 70(2), 64-67.

 

Kantor, R., Green, J., Bradley, M., & Lin, L. (1992). The Construction of Schooled Discourse Repertoires: An Interactional Sociolinguistic Perspective on Learning to Talk in Preschool. Linguistics and Education, 4(2), 131-172.

 

Kaplan, R. B., Touchstone, E. E., & Hagstrom, C. L. (1995). Image and Reality: Banking in Los Angeles. Text, 15(4), 427-456.

 

Kaplan, S. (2003). Nuriye's dilemma: Turkish lessons of democracy and the gendered state.  American Ethnologist, 30 (3), 401-417.

 

Karasavvidis, I., Pieters, J. M., & Plomp, T. (2000). Investigating how secondary school students learn to solve correlational problems: Quantitative and qualitative discourse approaches to the development of self-regulation.  Learning and Instruction, 10(3), 267-292.

 

Karasavvidis, I., Pieters, J. M., & Plomp, T. (2000). Investigating How Secondary-School Students Learn to Solve Correlational Problems: Quantitative and Qualitative Discourse Approaches to the Development of Self-Regulation. Learning and Instruction, 10(3), 267-292.

 

Karch, D. (1976). Teste Gesprochener Deutscher Standard-Sprache, II. (Texts of Spoken German Standard Speech, 2). Muttersprache, 86(1), 74-75.

 

Karmiloff-Smith, A. (1995). Restricciones de la conciencia metalingueistica. /Constraints on metalinguistic awareness. Infancia y Aprendizaje, 72, 33-50.

 

Kaspar, G. (1984). Pragmatic Comprehension in Learner-Native Speaker Discourse. Language Learning, 34(4), 1-20.

 

Kasper, G. (1983). Communicative Competence in Foreign Language Teaching: A Project Report. Jyvaskyla Cross Language Studies, 9, 65-80.

 

Katz, S. B., Kapes, J. T., & Zirkel, P. A. (1980). Resources for writing for publication in education. New York: Teachers College Press, Teachers College, Columbia University.

 

Kaufman, L. M. (1988). Tense Alternation by Native and Non-Native English Speakers in Narrative Discourse. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 49(1), 84-A.

 

Kay, P. (1987). Three properties of the ideal reader. In Roy O. Freedle, & Richard P. Duran (Eds.), Cognitive and linguistic analyses of test performance. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 22. (pp. 208-224). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Kazieva, M. (1986). Obshchenie real'noe i uchebnoe. (Real and Classroom Communication). Izvestiya Akademii Nauk Azerbaidzhanskoi SSR, Literatura, yazyk i iskusstvo, 3, 114-118.

 

Keane, R., & Downes, M. (Eds.). (2003). Academic writing. A concise guide for students in Central and Eastern Europe. Belgrade: Civic Education Project in association with Belgrade Open School.

 

Kearsey, J., & Turner, S. (1999). How Useful Are the Figures in School Biology Textbooks. Journal of Biological Education, 33(2), 87-94.

 

Keating, E., & Mirus, G. (2003). Examining Interactions Across Language Modalities: Deaf-Children and Hearing Peers at School. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 34(2), 115-135.

 

Kehl, D. G. (1980). The Doublespeak of Academia. National Forum, 60(3), 36-37.

 

Keith, N. Z. (1999). Whose Community Schools: New Discourses, Old Patterns. Theory Into Practice, 38(4), 225-234.

 

Kells, M. H., Balester, V. M., & Villanueva, V. (Eds.). (2004). Latino/a discourses on language, identity, and literacy education. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook Heinemann.

 

Kelly, D. M. (1998). Teacher Discourses About a Young Parents Program: The Many Meanings of Good Choices. Education and Urban Society, 30(2), 224-241.

 

Kelly, G. J., & Chen, C. (1999). The Sound of Music: Constructing Science as Sociocultural Practices Through Oral and Written Discourse. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 36(8), 883-915.

 

Kelly, G. J., & Crawford, T. (1996). Students Interaction with Computer Representations: Analysis of Discourse in Laboratory Groups. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 33(7), 693-707.

 

Kelly, G. J., & Crawford, T. (1997). An ethnographic investigation of the discourse processes of school science.  Science Education, 81(5), 533-559.

 

Kelsey, E. (2003). Constructing the Public: Implications of the discourse of international environmental agreements on conceptions of education and public participation.  Environmental Education Research, 9 (4), 403-427.

 

Kemme, S. L. (1980). References as Parts of Speech Acts in the Education of Mathematics. Revue de Phonetique Appliquee, 55-56, 177-180.

 

Kemmy, A. M. (1991). From Practice to Theory: The Evolution of Rhetorical Stasis and Its Implications for Discourse and for Teaching Writing. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 51(8), 2727-1.

 

Kemple, K., Speranza, H., & Hazen, N. (1992). Cohesive Discourse and Peer Acceptance: Longitudinal Relations in the Preschool Years. Merrill Palmer Quarterly, 38(3), 364-381.

 

Kennedy, J. (1996). Classroom Explanatory Discourse: A Look at How Teachers Explain Things to Their Students. Language Awareness, 5(1), 26-39.

 

Kennedy, M. L. (Ed.). (1998). Theorizing composition. A critical sourcebook of theory and scholarship in contemporary composition studies. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press.

 

Kennedy, M. L., Kennedy, W. J., & Smith, H. M. (1987). Writing in the disciplines. A reader for writers. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

 

Kennedy, M. L., & Smith, H. M. (1986). Academic writing. Working with sources across the curriculum. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.

 

Kennedykalafatis, S., & Carleton, D. (1996). Encouraging Peer Dialogue in the Geography Classroom: Peer Editing to Improve Student Writing. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 20(3), 323-341.

 

Keogh, J. (1995). Curriculum for Homes: A Study of a School Letter. Language and Education, 9(1), 31-44.

 

Kern, P. C. (1977). Institutionelle Sprachhandlungen: Moglichkeiten einer funktionalen Sprachbetrachtung auf der Mittelstufe. (Institutional Speech Acts: Possibilities for a Functional Treatment of Language in Secondary Education). Deutschunterricht, 29(1), 74-90.

 

Kern, R. G. (1995). Restructuring Classroom Interaction with Networked Computers: Effects on Quantity and Characteristics of Language Production. Modern Language Journal, 79(4), 457-476.

 

Kerper, J. (2001). Lets Space Out: Rethinking the Design of Law-School Texts. Journal of Legal Education, 51(2), 267-283.

 

Ketsetzis, M., Ryan, B. A., & Adams, G. R. (1998). Family Processes, Parent-Child Interactions, and Child Characteristics Influencing School-Based Social-Adjustment. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 60(2), 374-387.

 

Keys, C. W. (1999). Language as an Indicator of Meaning Generation: An Analysis of Middle School Students Written Discourse About Scientific Investigations. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 36(9), 1044-1061.

 

Khirallah, M. (2003). Writing games: Multicultural case studies of academic literacy practices in higher education.  Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 25 (4), 585-586.

 

Khisty, L. L. (1995). Making inequality: Issues of language and meanings in mathematics teaching with Hispanic students.  In: Secada, Walter G., & Fennema, Elizabeth. (Eds.), New directions for equity in mathematics education. (pp. 279-297). New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Kiasatpour, S. M. (1999). The Internet and Film: Teaching Middle-East Politics Interactively. Ps-Political Science & Politics, 32(1), 83-89.

 

Kiewra, K. A., & Creswell, J. W. (2000). Conversations with 3 Highly Productive Educational-Psychologists: Richard Anderson, Richard Mayer, and Michael Pressley. Educational Psychology Review, 12(1), 135-161.

 

Kiewra, K. A., & Gubbels, P. S. (1997). Are Educational-Psychology Courses Educationally and Psychologically Sound: What Textbooks and Teachers Say. Educational Psychology Review, 9(2), 121-149.

 

Kikas, E. (1998). The impact of teaching on students' definitions and explanations of astronomical phenomena.  Learning and Instruction, 8(5), 439-454.

 

Kilham, C. A. (1977). Thematic organization of Wik-Munkan discourse. Canberra: Dept. of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University.

 

Killen, M., & Naigles, L. R. (1995). Preschool Children Pay Attention to Their Addressees: Effects of Gender Composition on Peer Disputes. Discourse Processes: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 19(3), 329-46.

 

Kim, M. K., Sharp, J. M., & Thompson, A. D. (1998). Effects of Integrating Problem-Solving, Interactive Multimedia, and Constructivism in Teacher-Education. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 19(1), 83-108.

 

King, A. (1999). Discourse patterns for mediating peer learning. In: O'Donnell, Angela M., & King, Alison. (Eds.), Cognitive perspectives on peer learning. The Rutgers Invitational Symposium On Education Series. (pp. 87-115). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

King, B. (1986). Ne-A Discourse Approach. Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association, 21(1), 21-46.

 

King, K. (1994). Acquisition Planning, Ethnic Discourse, and the Ecuadorian Nation-State. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 10(1), 33-46.

 

King, S. V. (1990). Syntactic Knowledge as an Organizational Tool for Sentence Analysis. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 50, 12, 3908-1.

 

Kinginger, C. (1994). Learner Initiative in Conversation Management: An Application of Van Lier's Pilot Coding Scheme. Modern Language Journal, 78(1), 29-40.

 

Kinginger, C. (1997). A Discourse Approach to the Study of Language Educators Coherence Systems. Modern Language Journal, 81(1), 6-14.

 

 

Kinginger, C. S. (1990). Task Variation and Classroom Learner Discourse. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 51(4), 1144-3.

 

Kinginger, C. S., & Savignon, S. J. (1991). Four Conversations: Task Variation and Classroom Learner Discourse. In McGroarty, Mary E., & Faltis, Christian J. (Eds.), Languages in School And Society: Policy And Pedagogy. (pp 85-106). Berlin, Federal Republic of Germany: Walter de Gruyter & Co.

 

Kinnear, H., McWilliams, S., & Caul, L. (2002). The Use of Interactive Video in Teaching Teachers: An Evaluation of a Link with a Primary-School. British Journal of Educational Technology, 33(1), 17-26.

 

Kinneavy, J. L., McCleary, W. J., & Nakadate, N. (1985). Writing in the liberal arts tradition. A rhetoric with readings. New York: Harper & Row.

 

Kintsch, W. (1991). A theory of discourse comprehension: Implications for a tutor for word algebra problems. In Mario Carretero, Maureen L. Pope, P. Robert-Jan Simons, & Juan Ignacio Pozo (Eds.), Learning and instruction: European research in an international context, Vol. 3. (pp. 235-253). Oxford: Pergamon Press.

 

Kipling, K. J., & Murphy, R. J. (1992). Symbiosis. Writing and an academic culture. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook.

 

Kirk, D. (1992). Physical-Education, Discourse, and Ideology: Bringing the Hidden Curriculum into View. Quest, 44(1), 35-56.

 

Kirscht, J., & Schlenz, M. (2002). Engaging inquiry. Research and writing in the disciplines. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall.

 

Kirszner, L. G., & Mandell, S. R. (1987). The writer's sourcebook. Strategies for reading and writing in the disciplines. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston.

 

Kirszner, L. G., Mandell, S. R., & Polanski, V. G. (Eds.). (2002). A guide to documentation and writing in the disciplines.

 

Kitzhaber, A. R. (1963). Themes, theories, and therapy. Teaching of writing in college.. New York: McGraw-Hill.

 

Klaassen, C. W. J. M., & Lijnse, P. L. (1996). Interpreting Students and Teachers Discourse in Science Classes: An Underestimated Problem. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 33(2), 115-134.

 

Klangchanee, N. (1987). Contributions of Schema Theory and Discourse Analysis to a Reading Program for Advanced Students of English as a Foreign Language in Thailand. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 48(2), 352-3.

 

Klecan-Aker, J. S. (1984). A Study of the Syntactic Skills of Normal Middle-School Males and Females. Language and Speech, 27(3), 205-215.

 

Klecan-Aker, J. S. (1985). Syntactic Abilities in Normal and Language Deficient Middle School Children. Topics in Language Disorders, 5(3), 46-54.

 

Klecan-Aker, J. S., Domico, W. D., & Bothwell, K. (1983). A Clinical Taxonomy for the Categorization of Language Functions Used by School-Age Children in a Structured Setting. Language and Speech, 26(2), 131-144.

 

Klecan-Aker, J. S., McIngvale, G. K., & Swank, P. R. (1987). Stimulus Considerations in Narrative Analysis of Normal Third Grade Children. Language and Speech, 30(1), 13-24.

 

Kleifgen, J. A. (1990). Prekindergarten children's second discourse learning.  Discourse Processes, 13(2), 225-242.

 

Klein, N. (1993). Small Talk as a Learning Goal in Second-Language Instruction; Small Talk als Lernziel im Fremdsprachenunterricht. Beitrage zur Fremdsprachenvermittlung aus dem Konstanzer SLI, 25, 54-68.

 

Kliebard, H. M. (1966). The patterning of classroom discourse. Journal of Teacher Education, 17(4), 469-480.

 

Kliewer, C. (2003). Literacy as cultural practice. Some conlcuding stories. Reading and Writing Quarterly: Overcoming Learning Difficulties, 19(3), 309-316.

 

Kluchert, G. (2003). The Development of Teacher-Student-Interaction and Periods of Educational Growth: On Internal School-Reform During the 20th-Century. Zeitschrift fur Padagogik, 49(1), 47-60.

 

Kluwin, T. N. (1994). The Interaction of Race, Gender and Social-Class Effects in the Education of Deaf Students. American Annals of the Deaf, 139(5), 465-471.

 

Knain, E. (2001). Ideologies in School Science Textbooks. International Journal of Science Education, 23(3), 319-329.

 

Kneser, C., & Ploetzner, R. (2001). Collaboration on the basis of complementary domain knowledge: Observed dialogue structures and their relation to learning success.  Learning and Instruction, 11(1), 53-83.

 

Kneupper, C. W. (1978). Teaching Argument: An Introduction to the Toulmin Model. College Composition and Communication, 29(3), 237-241.

 

Knobel, M. (1999). Everyday literacies: Students, discourse, and social practice. New York: P. Lang.

 

Knoblauch, C., & Johnston, P. H. (1990). Reading, writing, and the prose of the school. In: Beach, Richard, & Hynds, Susan. (Eds.), Developing discourse practices in adolescence and adulthood. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 39. (pp. 318-333). Westport, CT: Ablex Publishing.

 

Knoop, S. (1985). Uberlegungen zu Grundlagen der Argumentationsbefahigung von Englischlehrerstudenten. (Thoughts on the Foundations for Enabling Student Teachers of English to Argue Better). Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Padagogischen Hochschule Karl Liebknecht Potsdam, 29(5), 818-824.

 

Knott, G. (1983). Building bridges between receptive and productive language processes for adolescents.  Advances in Reading/Language Research, 2, 257-271.

 

Knott, T., Moore, D. W., Dixon, R., Rowsell, H., & et al. (1992). Whose morning news is it?  New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 27(1), 69-79.

 

Knudson, R. E. (1994). An analysis of persuasive discourse: Learning how to take a stand. Discourse Processes, 18(2), 211-230.

 

Kobak, R., & Duemmler, S. (1994). Attachment and conversation: Toward a discourse analysis of adolescent and adult security. In Kim Bartholomew, & Daniel Perlman (Eds.), Attachment processes in adulthood. Advances in personal relationships, Vol. 5. (pp. 121-149). London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

 

Koch, P. K., & McDonough, M. (1999). Improving Parent-Teacher Conferences Through Collaborative Conversations. Young Children, 54(2), 11-15.

 

Kohler, F. W., Anthony, L. J., Steighner, S. A., & Hoyson, M. (2001). Teaching Social-Interaction Skills in the Integrated Preschool: An Examination of Naturalistic Tactics. Topics in Early Childhood Special Education, 21(2), 93+.

 

Koike, D. A. (1987). Code Switching in the Bilingual Chicano Narrative. Hispania, 70(1), 148-154.

 

Kolar, D. W., & McBride, C. A. (2003). Creating Problems to Solve Problems: An Interactive Teaching Technique for Statistics Courses. Teaching of Psychology, 30(1), 67-68.

 

Komter, M. (1992). Conflict And Cooperation In Job Interviews: A Study Of Talk, Tasks And Ideas. Discourse & Society, 3(2), 131-150.

 

Kontos, S., & Wilcoxherzog, A. (1997). Teachers Interactions with Children: Why Are They So Important. Young Children, 52(2), 4-12.

 

Koole, T., & ten Thije, J. D. (1994). The Construction of Intercultural Discourse: Team Discussions of Educational Advisers. Amsterdam: Rodopi.

 

Koole, T., & ten Thije, J. D. (2001). The reconstruction of intercultural discourse: Methodological consideration.  Journal of Pragmatics, 33(4), 571-587.

 

Kopf, E. (1993). Conversation Opening as a Teaching Subject; Gesprachseroffnung als Unterrichtsgegenstand. Beitrage zur Fremdsprachenvermittlung aus dem Konstanzer SLI, 25, 22-33.

 

Kopple, W. J. V. (1983). Something Old, Something New: Functional Sentence Perspective. Research in the Teaching of English, 17(1), 85-99.

 

Korpimies, L. (1981). Discourse Analysis and the Teaching of Language for Specific Purposes. Finlance, 1, 101-128.

 

Koschmann, T. (1999). The edge of many circles: Making meaning of meaning making.  Discourse Processes, 27(2), 103-117.

 

Koshik, I. (2002). A conversation analytic study of yes/no questions which convey reversed polarity assertions.  Journal of Pragmatics, 34(12), 1851-1877.

 

Kovalainen, M., Kumpulainen, K., & Vasama, S. (20012 ). Orchestrating classroom interaction in a community of inquiry: Modes of teacher participation.  Journal of Classroom Interaction, 36(2)-37(1), 17-28.

 

Kozminsky, E., & Kozminsky, L. (2002). The Dialogue Page: Teacher and Student Dialogues to Improve Learning-Motivation. Intervention in School and Clinic, 38(2), 88-95.

 

Kraft, B. (1990). Aspekte sprachlich-kommunikativen Handelns der Erzieherin im Kindergarten. (Aspects of the Linguistic-Communicative Action by the Kindergarten Teacher). Linguistische Studien, Reihe A: Arbeitsberichte, 204, 71-123.

 

Kraker, M. J. (2000). Classroom Discourse: Teaching, Learning, and Learning-Disabilities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 16(3), 295-313.

 

Kramsch, C. J. (1979). Getting the Ball Rolling-A Functional Approach to Teaching Conversational Skills. Unterrichtspraxis, 12(1), 3-13.

 

Kramsch, C. J. (1981). Discourse analysis and second language teaching. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Linguistics.

 

Kramsch, C. J. (1985). Classroom Interaction and Discourse Options. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 7(2), 169-183.

 

Kramsch, C. J. (1991). Interaction et discours dans la classe de langue. Paris: Didier.

 

Kransdorf, M., Doster, B., & Alvarez, A. (2002). Interaction Between Preservice Teachers and School Social-Work Interns in an Urban School Setting. Urban Education, 37(4), 497-532.

 

Kraul, M. (1998). Orientation Towards the Movement or Towards Science in the Debate on Coeducation: A Split Discourse. Zeitschrift fur Padagogik, 44(2), 263-271.

 

Kravdal, O. (2001). Main and Interaction Effects of Womens Education and Status on Fertility: The Case of Tanzania. European Journal of Population-Revue Europeenne de Demographie, 17(2), 107-136.

 

Krcmar, M. (1996). Family communication patterns, discourse behavior, and child television viewing. Human Communication Research, 23(2), 251-277.

 

Krebs, T. L. (1998). Clinical Pathway for Enhanced Parent and Preterm Infant Interaction Through Parent Education. Journal of Perinatal & Neonatal Nursing, 12(2), 38-49.

 

Kreiner, D. S. (1997). Guided Notes and Interactive Methods for Teaching with Videotapes. Teaching of Psychology, 24(3), 183-185.

 

Kretschmer, R. R. (1997). Issues in the Development of School and Interpersonal Discourse for Children Who Have Hearing-Loss. Language Speech and Hearing Services in Schools, 28(4), 374-383.

 

Kretschmer, R. R. J. (1997). Issues in the development of school and interpersonal discourse for children who have hearing loss.  Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 28(4), 374-383.

 

Krieger, B. J., Saint-Amand, P. G., & Emery, R. W. (1996). Dialogue and discovery. Writing and reading across disciplines. New York: St. Martin's Press.

 

Krishna, S., Francisco, B. D., Balas, E. A., Konig, P., Graff, G. R., & Madsen, R. W. (2003). Internet-Enabled Interactive Multimedia Asthma Education-Program: A Randomized-Trial. Pediatrics, 111(3), 503-510.

 

Kroll, B. M., & Schafer, J. C. (1978). Error-Analysis and the Teaching of Composition. College Composition and Communication, 29(3), 242-248.

 

Kruckeberg, D., & Paluszek, J. L. (1999). Significance of the Ncas Dialogue on Public-Relations Education Conference. Public Relations Review, 25(1), 5-8.

 

Kruschke, J. K. (1996). An Interactive Classroom Demonstration of Propositional and Analogical Representation. Teaching of Psychology, 23(3), 162-165.

 

Kruse, J., Schmitz, N., Woller, W., Clar, B., Meier, E., Grinschgl, A., & Tress, W. (2003). Effects of a Psychosocial Education-Program to Improve Doctor-Patient Interaction with Cancer-Patients. Zeitschrift fur Psychosomatische Medizin und Psychotherapie, 49(3), 232-245.

 

Kruseman, M., Stoll, B. E., & Stalder, H. (2003). Interactive Group Education for Refugees from the Former Yugoslavia to Reduce Their Oil Consumption. Patient Education and Counseling, 49(2), 171-176.

 

Kubo, M. M., Tori, R., & Kirner, C. (2002). Interaction in Collaborative Educational Virtual Environments. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 5(5), 399-407.

 

Kuentay, A., & Ervin-Tripp, S. (1997). Narrative structure and conversational circumstances. Journal of Narrative & Life History, 7(1-4), 113-120.

 

Kugler, H. (1974). Strukturale Methode und Literaturdidaktik: Anmerkungen zu einem Freund-Feind-Schema. (Structural methods and literature didactics: Comments on a friend-foe-model). Wirkendes Wort, 24(3), 153-167.

 

Kumaravadivelu, B. (1999). Critical Classroom Discourse Analysis. Tesol Quarterly, 33(3), 453-484.

 

Kusters, T., & Sluis, K. (1981). Interactie-analyse en moedertaalonderwijs II. (Interaction Analysis and Mother-Tongue Teaching II). Levende Talen, 360, 255-269.

 

Kutny, R. (1976). Developing Reading Comprehension Materials in EST based on Discourse Analysis. PASAA, 6, 1-2, 86-119.

 

Kutz, E. (1997). Language and literacy: Studying discourse in communities and classrooms. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook Publishers Heinemann.

 

Kynell, T. (1994). Considering Our Pedagogical Past Through Textbooks: A Conversation with John M. Lannon. Journal of Technical Writing and Communication, 24(1), 49-55.

 

Kyratzis, A., & Green, J. (1997). Jointly constructed narratives in classrooms: Co-construction of friendship and community through language.  Teaching and Teacher Education, 13(1), 17-37.

 

Kyratzis, A., & Green, J. (1997Accession Number). Jointly constructed narratives in classrooms: Co-construction of friendship and community through language. Teaching & Teacher Education, 13(1), 17-37.

 

Kyuchukov, H. (1994). The communicative competence of Romani (Gipsy speaking) children in Bulgarian discourse, in a classroom situation.  International Journal of Psycholinguistics, 10(1)

 

L'vov, M. P. (1985). Voprosy teorii rechevoy deyatel'nosti. (Questions of the Theory of Speech Acts). Inostrannye yazyki v shkole, 52(6), 83-88.

 

Lacasa, P., Pardo, P., Martin, B., & Herranz Ybarra, P. (1995). Texto y contexto social: Aprendiendo a planificar en un taller de escritura. / Text and social context: Learning to plan in a writing workshop.  Infancia y Aprendizaje,ancia y Aprendizaje. 1995; No 69-70, 157-182.

 

LaGuardia, D., & Guth, H. P. (1997). Issues across the curriculum. Reading, writing, research. Mountain View, Calif.: Mayfield Pub. Co.

 

Lahire, B. (1991). The Oral Language Performance of Working-Class School Children; Les Pratiques langagieres orales en situation scolaire des enfants de milieux populaires. International Review of Education / Internationale Zeitschrift fur Erziehungswissenschaft / Revue Internationale de pedagogie, 37(4), 401-413.

 

Lally, C. G. (2000). Language Teaching and Learning Diaries: French Conversation from 2 Different Perspectives. Foreign Language Annals, 33(2), 224-228.

 

Lampert, M. (1990). When the problem is not the question and the solution is not the answer: Mathematical knowing and teaching.  American Educational Research Journal, 27(1), 29-63.

 

Lampert, M., Rittenhouse, P., & Crumbaugh, C. (1996). Agreeing to disagree: Developing sociable mathematical discourse.  In: Olson, David R., & Torrance, Nancy. (Eds.), The handbook of education and human development:  New models of learning, teaching and schooling. (pp. 731-764). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

 

Lampert, M., Rittenhouse, P., & Crumbaugh, C. (1996). Agreeing to disagree: Developing sociable mathematical discourse. In: Olson, David R., & Torrance, Nancy. (Eds.), The handbook of education and human development:New models of learning, teaching and schooling. (pp. 731-764). Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishers.

 

Lancaster, P. E., Schumaker, J. B., & Deshler, D. D. (2002). The Development and Validation of an Interactive Hypermedia Program for Teaching a Self-Advocacy Strategy to Students with Disabilities. Learning Disability Quarterly, 25(4), 277-302.

 

Landis, D., & Moje, E. B. (2003). INTRODUCTION: (RE)READING STUDENTS' DIFFICULTIES WITH READING AND WRITING.  Reading and Writing Quarterly: Overcoming Learning Difficulties, 19(3), 199-204.

 

Landrum, R. E., & Hormel, L. (2002). Textbook Selection: Balance Between the Pedagogy, the Publisher, and the Student. Teaching of Psychology, 29(3), 245-248.

 

Lane, D. M., & Scott, D. W. (2000). Simulations, Case-Studies, and an Online Text: A Web-Based Resource for Teaching Statistics. Metrika, 51(1), 67-90.

 

Langevin, L. (1995). Of Manpower and Words: A Study of Linguistic Markers of Inclusion and Exclusion in Managerial Work in the Educational System. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 25(2), 217-230.

 

Langille, D. B., Murphy, G. T., Hughes, J., & Rigby, J. A. (2001). Nova-Scotia High-School-Students Interactions with Physicians for Sexual Health Information and Services. Canadian Journal of Public Health-Revue Canadienne de Sante Publique, 92(3), 219-222.

 

Langosch, S. L. (1996). Writing a research paper American style. An ESL/EFL handbook. New York: Barron's Educational Series.

 

Lankshear, C. (1994). Literacy and Empowerment: Discourse, Power, Critique. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 29(1), 59-72.

 

Lansley, C. (1994). 'Collaborative Development': An Alternative to Phatic Discourse and the Art of Co-Operative Development. English Language Teaching Journal, 48(1), 50-56.

 

Lapadat, J. C. (2000). Construction of science knowledge: Scaffolding conceptual change through discourse.  Journal of Classroom Interaction, 35(2), 1-14.

 

Larivee, S., Parent, S., Charlebois, P., Gagnon, C., Leblanc, M., & Tremblay, R. E. (1994). The Interaction Between the Intellectual Profile and Disruptiveness at the Primary-School as a Predictor of Self-Reported Delinquency. Psychologica Belgica, 34(1), 1-31.

 

Larkey, L. S., & Croft, W. B. (2003). A text categorization approach to automated essay grading.  In: Shermis, Mark D., & Burstein, Jill. (Eds.), Automated essay scoring:  A cross-disciplinary perspective. (pp. 55-70). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Larreur, R. S. (1987). An Exploratory Investigation of Teachers' Speech Acts during a Reading Lesson. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(7), 2450-9.

 

Larsen, S. F. (1996). Memorable books: Recall of reading and its personal context. In Roger J. Kreuz, & Mary Sue MacNealy (Eds.), Empirical approaches to literature and aesthetics. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 52. (pp. 583-599). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Larson, E. W. (1987). An Observation and Analysis of Teacher Foreigner Talk in an English as a Second Language Classroom at the Secondary Level: An Ethnographic Perspective. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 48(5), 1137-3.

 

Larson, J., & Maier, M. (2000). Co-Authoring Classroom Texts: Shifting Participant Roles in Writing Activity. Research in the Teaching of English, 34(4), 468-497.

 

Larson, O. M., & Dunkin, J. W. (1997). Writing in the Interactive Classroom. Journal of Nursing Education, 36(6), 298-301.

 

Lasky, S. (2000). The Cultural and Emotional Politics of Teacher-Parent Interactions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 16(8), 843-860.

 

Lather, P. (1996). Troubling Clarity: The Politics of Accessible Language. Harvard Educational Review, 66(3), 525-545.

 

Laurillard, D., & Taylor, J. (1994). Designing the Stepping Stones: An Evaluation of Interactive Media in the Classroom. Journal of Educational Television, 20(3), 169-184.

 

Laviolette, A. (2002). Encountering Archaeology in Tanzania: Education, Development, and Dialogue at the University-of-Dar-Es-Salaam. Anthropological Quarterly, 75(2), 355-374.

 

Lawson, H. A. (1993). Dominant Discourses, Problem Setting, and Teacher-Education Pedagogies: A Critique. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 12(2), 149-160.

 

Lazaraton, A., & Wagner, S. (1996). The revised test of spoken English (TSE): Discourse analysis of native speaker and nonnative speaker data. Princeton, N.J.: Educational Testing Service.

 

Lazarus, P., & Homer, S. L. (1981). Sharing Time in Kindergarten: Conversation or Question-Answer Session? Journal of the Linguistic Association of the Southwest, 4(1), 76-100.

 

Le Coat, G. (1984). L'Ecole de Geneve et la neo-rhetorique. (The Geneva School and Neo-Rhetoric). Degres, 12, 39-40, c-.

 

Le Goffic, P. (1983). Linguistique et enseignement des langues: a propos du passif en francais. (Linguistics and Language Teaching: Concerning the Passive in French). Studies in Descriptive Linguistics, 9, 55-63.

 

Le Hellaye, C., & Moirand, S. (1992). Voyage a travers des discours de "formateurs". (Travels through the Discourse of "Training"). Francais dans le Monde, special number, 21-36.

 

Le Ninan, C. (1996). Economic Discourse: Explaining; Discours economique: expliquer. Francais dans le Monde, 35, 280, 60-62.

 

Lea, M. R., & Stierer, B. (Eds.). (2000). Student writing in higher education. New contexts. Buckingham Philadelphia: Society for Research into Higher Education & Open University Press.

 

Leacock, C., & Chodorow, M. (2003). Automated grammatical error detection.  In: Shermis, Mark D., & Burstein, Jill. (Eds.), Automated essay scoring:  A cross-disciplinary perspective. (pp. 195-207). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Leander, K. M. (2001). This Is Our Freedom Bus Going Home Right Now: Producing and Hybridizing Space-Time Contexts in Pedagogical Discourse. Journal of Literacy Research, 33(4), 637-679.

 

Leander, K. M. (2002). Locating Latanya: The Situated Production of Identity Artifacts in Classroom Interaction. Research in the Teaching of English, 37(2), 198-250.

 

Leander, K. M. (2002). Silencing in Classroom Interaction: Producing and Relating Social Spaces. Discourse Processes, 34(2), 193-235.

 

Leander, K. M., & Brown, D. E. (1999). You Understand, But You Dont Believe It: Tracing the Stabilities and Instabilities of Interaction in a Physics Classroom Through a Multidimensional Framework. Cognition and Instruction, 17(1), 93-135.

 

Leap, W. L. (1991). AIDS, linguistics, and the study of non-neutral discourse.  Journal of Sex Research, 28(2), 275-287.

 

Leap, W. L. (19934 ). Learning gay culture in "a desert of nothing": Language as a resource in gender socialization.  High School Journal, 77(1-2), Spec Issue, 122-132.

 

Leclere, P. (1983). Zum konzessiven Sprachspiel. (The Language Game of Concession). Grazer Linguistische Studien, 20, 101-118.

 

Lee, C. D. (1993). Signifying as a scaffold for literary interpretation. The pedagogical implications of an African American discourse genre. National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Lee, C. D. (1995). Signifying as a scaffold for literary interpretation.  Journal of Black Psychology, 21(4), 357-381.

 

Lee, C. D. (2003). Cultural modeling: CHAT as a lens for understanding instructional discourse based on African American English discourse patterns.  In: Kozulin, Alex, & Gindis, Boris. (Eds.), Vygotsky's educational theory in cultural context. Learning in doing. (pp. 393-410). New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

Legenhausen, L. (1991). Code-Switching in Learners Discourse. Iral-International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 29(1), 61-73.

 

Lehrer, A. (1994). Understanding classroom lectures. Discourse Processes, 17(2), 259-281.

 

Leifield, L., & Murray, T. (1995). Advocating for Aric: Strategies for full inclusion. In Beth Blue Swadener, & Sally Lubeck (Eds.), Children and families "at promise": Deconstructing the discourse of risk. SUNY series, the social context of education. (pp. 238-261). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Leitner, G. (1985). English Grammaticology. IRAL, International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 23(3), 199-215.

 

Leki, I. (Ed.). (2001). Academic writing programs. Alexandria, Va.: Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages.

 

Lembke, L. O., & Reys, B. J. (1994). The Development of, and Interaction Between, Intuitive and School-Taught Ideas About Percent. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 25(3), 237-259.

 

Lemke, J. L. (1999). Typological and topological meaning in diagnostic discourse.  Discourse Processes, 27(2), 173-185.

 

Lenhart, G. (Ed.). (1998). The teachers & writers guide to William Carlos Williams. New York: Teachers & Writers Collaborative.

 

Lenmark-Ellis, B. (1971). How to write themes, term papers, and college autobiographies. Woodbury, N.Y.: Barron's Educational Series.

 

Lenmark-Ellis, B. (1981). Barron's How to write themes and term papers. Woodbury, N.Y.: Barron's Education Series.

 

Leonardo, Z. (2003). Discourse and Critique: Outlines of a Poststructural Theory of Ideology. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 203-214.

 

Leonardo, Z. (2003). Ideology, discourse, and school reform. Westport, Conn.: Praeger.

 

Leoneperkins, M., Schnuth, R., & Kantner, T. (1999). Preceptor-Student Interactions in an Ambulatory Clerkship: Gender Differences in Student-Evaluations of Teaching. Teaching and Learning in Medicine, 11(3), 164-167.

 

LePage, P. (1994). When do education students talk about personal experience? An analysis of classroom discourse.  College Student Journal, 28(2), 179-191.

 

Lerman, C., Schwartz, M. D., Miller, S. M., Daly, M., Sands, C., & Rimer, B. K. (1996). A Randomized Trial of Breast-Cancer Risk Counseling: Interacting Effects of Counseling, Educational-Level, and Coping Style. Health Psychology, 15(2), 75-83.

 

Lerner, G. H. (1995). Turn Design and the Organization of Participation in Instructional Activities. Discourse Processes: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 19(1), 111-31.

 

Leska, O. (1996). The Meaning of Meaning in the Prague School. In Partee, Barbara H., & Sgall, Petr (Eds.), Discourse and Meaning: Papers in Honor of Eva Hajicova. (pp. 127-140). Amsterdam, The Netherlands: John Benjamins Publishing Co.

 

Lesko, N. (1986). Individualism and community: Ritual discourse in a parochial high school.  Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 17(1), 25-39.

 

Lesko, N. (1998). (E)strange(d) relations: Psychological concepts in multicultural education. In: Chavez, Rudolfo Chavez, & O'Donnell, James. (Eds.), Speaking the unpleasant:The politics of (non)engagement in the multicultural education terrain. The social context of education. (pp. 265-273). Albany, NY, US: State University of New York Press.

 

Lesner, S. A., Lynn, J. M., & Brainard, J. (1988). Feasibility of using a single-subject design for continuous discourse tracking measurement.  Journal of the Academy of Rehabilitative Audiology, 21, 83-89.

 

Levenstein, P., Levenstein, S., Shiminski, J. A., & Stolzberg, J. E. (1998). Long-Term Impact of a Verbal Interaction Program for at-Risk Toddlers: An Exploratory-Study of High-School Outcomes in a Replication of the Mother-Child Home Program. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 19(2), 267-285.

 

Levenston, E. A. (1976). Towards a Comparative Stylistics of English and Hebrew. Alon Lemorim Leanglit / English Teachers' Journal (Israel), 15, 16-22.

 

Levenston, E. A. (1991). Towards a Comparative Stylistics of English and Hebrew. English Teachers' Journal (Israel), 43, 78-85.

 

Levine Rasky, C. (2001). Identifying the prospective multicultural educator: Three signposts, three portraits.  Urban Review, 33(4), 291-319.

 

Levinson, B. A. (1998). The Moral Construction of Student Rights: Discourse and Judgment Among Mexican Secondary-School Students. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 27(1), 45-84.

 

Lewis, J. (1996). Academic literacy. Readings and strategies. Lexington, Mass.: D.C. Heath.

 

Lewis, M., & Simon, R. I. (1986). A Discourse Not Intended for Her: Learning and Teaching Within Patriarchy. Harvard Educational Review, 56(4), 457-472.

 

Lewis, S., & Richards, S. (1988). The Early Stages of Language Development: A Natural Aural Approach. Journal of the British Association of the Teachers of the Deaf, 12(2), 33-38.

 

Lewis, T. J., & Sugai, G. (1996). Functional Assessment of Problem Behavior: A Pilot Investigation of the Comparative and Interactive Effects of Teacher and Peer Social Attention on Students in General-Education Settings. School Psychology Quarterly, 11(1), 1-19.

 

Li, E., & Stoecker, A. (1995). An Interactive Microcomputer Program for Teaching the Impacts of Alternative Policy Sets in the Commodity. Journal of Economic Education, 26(4), 324+.

 

Li, J. F. (1996). Discourse Analysis of Quotation Marks in Chinese Journalistic Language. Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association, 31(2), 87-95.

 

Lidstone, J. (1995). Teaching with Textbooks in Undergraduate Geography Courses: Guilt, Gilt or Gilding the Lily. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 19(3), 335-339.

 

Liebling, C. R. (1988). Means to an end: Children's knowledge of directives during the elementary school years. Discourse Processes, 11(1), 79-99.

 

Liebscher, G., & Daileyocain, J. (2003). Conversational Repair as a Role-Defining Mechanism in Classroom Interaction. Modern Language Journal, 87(3), 375-390.

 

Liedholm, H., Linne, A. B., & Agelii, L. (1996). The Development of an Interactive Education-Program for Heart-Failure Patients: The Kodak Photo Cd Portfolio Concept. Patient Education and Counseling, 29(2), 199-206.

 

Lin, A. M. Y. (1997). Analyzing the Language Problem Discourses in Hong-Kong: How Official, Academic, and Media Discourses Construct and Perpetuate Dominant Models of Language, Learning, and Education. Journal of Pragmatics, 28(4), 427-440.

 

Lin, H. F. I. (1992). Language Use and Social Interactions of Young Children in the Logo Classroom: A Qualitative Study of Children with Different Computing Abilities. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 52(8), 2815-4.

 

Lincoln, Y. S. (1989). Critical Requisites for Transformational Leadership: Needed Research and Discourse. Peabody Journal of Education, 66(3), 176-181.

 

Lindsay, J. S. (1990). Classroom discourse analysis: A review of the literature with implications for educational evaluation.  Journal of Research and Development in Education, 23(2), 107-116.

 

Lindstedt, D. E. (1995). Recount Narratives of Navajo and Mainstream Culture Children. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-B:-Sciences-and-Engineering; 1995, 55, 12, Jun, 5310-B.

 

Linn, S. E. (1997). The Effectiveness of Interactive Maps in the Classroom: A Selected Example in Studying Africa. Journal of Geography, 96(3), 164-170.

 

Linne, A. (2001). The Lesson as a Pedagogic Text: A Case-Study of Lesson Designs. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 33(2), 129-156.

 

Linton, M. (1972). A simplified style manual: for the preparation of journal articles in psychology, social sciences, education, and literature. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

 

Lipponen, L. (2000). Towards knowledge building: From facts to explanations in primary students' computer mediated discourse.  Learning Environments Research, 3(2), 179-199.

 

Lipponen, L., Rahikainen, M., Lallimo, J., & Hakkarainen, K. (2003). Patterns of participation and discourse in elementary students' computer-supported collaborative learning.  Learning and Instruction, 13(5), 487-509.

 

Litchfield, R. E., Oakland, M. J., & Anderson, J. A. (2000). Improving Dietetics Education with Interactive Communication Technology. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 100(10), 1191-1194.

 

Litosseliti, L., & Sunderland, J. (Eds.). (2002). Gender identity and discourse analysis.  Amsterdam, Netherlands: John Benjamins. 

 

Littlefair, A. (1992). Let's Be Positive about Genre. Reading, 26(3), 2-6.

 

Liu, X. (1995). Discourse and Authority: An Inquiry into the Teacher's Style in the Writing Class. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 55, 9, Mar, 2807-A.

 

Liu, X. (1996). The Verb Copying Construction-A Case of Discourse Backgrounding. Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association, 31(1), 57-75.

 

Loc, T. T. T., & Cottrill, L. (1990). The Clarification Request as Used by Native and Non-Native Speakers of English. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, supplement 7, 112-123.

 

LoCastro, V. (1981). A Look at Discourse Analysis. Cross Currents, 8(1), 29-42.

 

LoCastro, V. (1989). Discourse Analysis and the Classroom Teacher. PASAA, 19(2), 123-129.

 

Lodge, A. (1994). Attitudes to Discourse Variety in French: A Historical Perspective. In J. A. Coleman, & R. Crawshaw (Eds.), Discourse Variety in Contemporary French: Descriptive and Pedagogical Approaches. (pp. 55-65). London: Assn. for Fr. Lang. Studies with Centre for Information on Lang. Teaching & Research.

 

Loheyde, K., & Kunz, N. (1994). "Yes I Think It's You": A Discussion of Intercultural Communication. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 10(1), 47-66.

 

Lomask, M. S., Jacobson, L., & Hafner, L. P. (1995). The Development and Validation of an Assessment of Safety Awareness of Science Teachers Using Interactive Videodisc Technology. Science Education, 79(5), 519-534.

 

Long, D. A. (1995). Sociology and a Pedagogy for Liberation: Cultivating a Dialogue of Discernment in Our Classrooms. Teaching Sociology, 23(4), 321-330.

 

Longcope, P. (1995). The Universality of Face in Brown and Levinson's Politeness Theory: A Japanese Perspective. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 11(1), 69-79.

 

Lopes, M. F. C. (1991). Modèles linguistiques, discours et compréhension en situation didactique. Berne New York: P. Lang.

 

Lopez, M. E. (1999). When discourses collide: An ethnography of migrant children at home and school. New York: P. Lang.

 

Lorgnet, M. (1987). L'Analyse du discours comme approche de textes litteraires classiques et modernes. (Discourse Analysis as an Approach to Classical and Modern Literary Texts). Lingue del Mondo, 52, 3-4, 34-37.

 

Lörscher, W. (1983). Linguistische Beschreibung und Analyse von Fremdsprachenunterricht als Diskurs. Tübingen: G. Narr.

 

Lorscher, W., & Schulze, R. (1988). On Polite Speaking and Foreign-Language Classroom Discourse. Iral-International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 26(3), 183-199.

 

Lorscher, W., & Schulze, R. (1994). Die britische Diskursanalyse. In G. Fritz, & F. Hundsnurscher (Eds.), Handbuch der Dialoganalyse. (pp. 51-68). Tubingen: Niemeyer.

 

Losa, L. (1988). Les Francais zairois: essai d'une etude comparative des structures syntaxiques des parlers des eleves des ecoles primaires Maadini et Ustawi. (The French of Zaire: A Comparative Study of Syntactic Structures in the Speech of Students in Maadini and Ustawi Primary Schools). Africanistique, 16, 74-92.

 

Losey, K. M. (1995). Mexican-American Students and Classroom Interaction: An Overview and Critique. Review of Educational Research, 65(3), 283-318.

 

Lounsbery, M. F., & Sharpe, T. (1999). Effects of Sequential Feedback on Preservice Teacher Instructional Interactions and Students Skill Practice. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 19(1), 58-78.

 

Louwerse, J. (1988). The Morphosyntax of Una in relation to discourse structure: A descriptive analysis. Canberra, A.C.T., Australia: Dept. of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University.

 

Love, K. (1991). Towards a Further Analysis of Teacher Talk. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 14(2), 30-72.

 

Lovejoy, K. B., & Lance, D. M. (1991). Information Management and Cohesion in the Study of Written Discourse. Linguistics and Education, 3(3), 251-273.

 

Lovett, M. W., Borden, S. L., Warrenchaplin, P. M., Lacerenza, L., Deluca, T., & Giovinazzo, R. (1996). Text Comprehension Training for Disabled Readers: An Evaluation of Reciprocal Teaching and Text Analysis Training-Programs. Brain and Language, 54(3), 447-480.

 

Low, G. (1995). 'Hallelujah, Very!' Responding to 'Very' in Questionnaire Items. Evaluation and Research in Education, 9(1), 15-28.

 

Low, G., & Lau, I. (1983). The Discourse-Task Syllabus: A Design Option for High Surrender Value Courses for Adult Beginners. Language Learning and Communication / Zhongying Yuwen Jiaoxue, 2(3), 295-307.

 

Lubben, F., Campbell, B., Kasanda, C., Kapenda, H., Gaoseb, N., & Kandjeomarenga, U. (2003). Teachers Use of Textbooks: Practice in Namibian Science Classrooms. Educational Studies, 29(2-3), 109-125.

 

Lucas, C. (Ed.). (1996). Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

Lucas, C., & Borders, D. (1987). Language diversity and classroom discourse.  American Educational Research Journal, 24(1), 119-141.

 

Lucas, C., & Borders, D. G. (1994). Language diversity and classroom discourse. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

 

Lucas, K. B. (2000). One Teachers Agenda for a Class Visit to an Interactive Science Center. Science Education, 84(4), 524-544.

 

Luke, A. (1992). The Body Literate: Discourse and Inscription in Early Literacy Training. Linguistics and Education, 4(1), 107-129.

 

Luke, C. (1987). Television discourse and schema theory: Toward a cognitive model of information processing. In Michael E. Manley-Casimir, & Carmen Luke (Eds.), Children and television: A challenge for education. (pp. 76-107). New York, NY: Praeger Publishers.

 

Lukmani, Y. (1994). The communicational testing of reading. In: Agnihotri, R. K., & Khanna, A. L. (Eds.), Second language acquisition:Socio-cultural and linguistic aspects of English in India. Research in applied linguistics, Vol. 1. (pp. 345-358). Thousand Oaks, CA, US: Sage Publications, Inc. x

 

Lumbelli, L., & Cavazzini, G. (1991). Planning comprehensible discourse and cooperative interaction. In Mario Carretero, Maureen L. Pope, P. Robert-Jan Simons, & Juan Ignacio Pozo (Eds.), Learning and instruction: European research in an international context, Vol. 3. (pp. 141-154). Oxford: Pergamon Press.

 

Lumpe, A. T., & Beck, J. (1996). A Profile of High-School Biology Textbooks Using Scientific Literacy Recommendations. American Biology Teacher, 58(3), 147-153.

 

Luna, C. (2003). (RE)WRITING THE DISCOURSES OF SCHOOLING AND OF "LEARNING DISABILITIES": THE DEVELOPMENT OF CRITICAL LITERACY IN A STUDENT ACTION GROUP.  Reading and Writing Quarterly: Overcoming Learning Difficulties, 19(3), 253-280.

 

 

Lundy, B., Field, T., McBride, C., Field, T., & Largie, S. (1998). Same-Sex and Opposite-Sex Best Friend Interactions Among High-School Juniors and Seniors. Adolescence, 33(130), 279-289.

 

Lunn, P., & Bishop, A. (2003). To Touch a Life Forever: A Discourse on Trainee Teachers Perceptions of What It Means to Be an Effective Teacher in the Primary-School. Educational Studies, 29(2-3), 195-206.

 

Lupton, D., & Gaffney, D. (1996). Discourses and Practices Related to Suntanning and Solar Protection Among Young Australians. Health Education Research, 11(2), 147-159.

 

Luzzati, D. (1996). Modeling Conversation and Didactic Interaction: The Question-Response; Modelisation des conversations et interaction didactique: le dialogue question-response. Francais dans le Monde, 36, J78-84.

 

Lytle, S. L., & Schultz, K. (1990). Assessing literacy learning with adults: An ideological approach. In Richard Beach, & Susan Hynds (Eds.), Developing discourse practices in adolescence and adulthood. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 39. (pp. 359-385). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Ma, H. K. (2003). The Relation of Academic-Achievement, Family and Classroom Social-Environment, and Peer Interactions to Prosocial and Antisocial-Behavior of Chinese Children. Psychologia, 46(3), 163-173.

 

Ma, Y. (1994). A Comparison of the Effectiveness of Dappor and a Print Drill Program in Dialog Command-Language Education: A Pilot-Study. Journal of Education for Library and Information Science, 35(3), 201-209.

 

Ma, Z. B. (1999). The Spirit of Our Times Embodied in the Chinese History Textbook for Junior-High-Schools in the 9-Year Mandatory Education: (Peoples Education Publishing-House Edition). Chinese Education and Society, 32(6), 55-61.

 

Maas, C. J. M. (2000). The Interaction Process Between Teacher and Students: The Labeling of Students on the Basis of Relative Characteristics. Social Behavior and Personality, 28(6), 515-528.

 

Mac-Namara, M. (1994). Text Type and Sentence Form in Three Le Point Political Articles. In J. A. Coleman, & R. Crawshaw (Eds.), Discourse Variety in Contemporary French: Descriptive and Pedagogical Approaches. (pp. 107-20). London: Assn. for Fr. Lang. Studies with Centre for Information on Lang. Teaching & Research.

 

Mac Naughton, G. (1998). Improving our gender equity 'tools': A case for discourse analysis.  In: Yelland, Nicola. (Ed.), Gender in early childhood. (pp. 149-174). Florence, KY: Taylor & Francis/Routledge.

 

Macbeth, D. (1994). Classroom encounters with the unspeakable: "Do you see, Danelle?" Discourse Processes, 17(2), 311-335.

 

Macbeth, D. H. (1991). Teacher Authority as Practical Action. Linguistics and Education, 3(4), 281-313.

 

Macdonald, M. N. (2002). Pedagogy, Pathology and Ideology: The Production, Transmission and Reproduction of Medical Discourse. Discourse & Society, 13(4), 447-467.

 

Macher, A., Goosby, E., Barker, L., Volberding, P., Goldschmidt, R., Balano, K. B., Williams, A., Hoenig, L., Gould, B., & Daniels, E. (1994). Educating Primary-Care Providers About HIV Disease: Multidisciplinary Interactive Mechanisms. Public Health Reports, 109(3), 305-310.

 

Machura, S. (1982). A Comparison of Good and Poor Grade Four Readers on Comprehension of Perceptual Connectives in Discourse. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 28(4), 291-300.

 

Mackenzie, C. (2000). Adult Spoken Discourse: The Influences of Age and Education. International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders, 35(2), 269-285.

 

Mackenzie, C. (2000). The Relevance of Education and Age in the Assessment of Discourse Comprehension. Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics, 14(2), 151-161.

 

MacLure, M. (2003). Discourse in educational and social research. Buckingham Philadelphia, Pa.: Open University.

 

MacMillan, A. (1998). Responsiveness as a viable interpersonal relation in teacher-directed discourses.  Early Child Development and Care, 140, 95-113.

 

Maddrell, A. M. C. (1996). Empire, Emigration and School Geography: Changing Discourses of Imperial Citizenship, 1880-1925. Journal of Historical Geography, 22(4), 373-387.

 

Maddrell, A. M. C. (1998). Discourses of Race and Gender and the Comparative Method in Geography School Texts 1830-1918. Environment and Planning D-Society & Space, 16(1), 81-103.

 

Maes, A., Van Hauwermeier, P., & Van Waes, L. (1994). Perspectieven in taalbeheersings-onderzoek: Lezingen van het zesde VIOT-Taalbeheersingscongres gehouden op 15, 16 en 17 december 1993 aan de Provinciale Hogeschool voor Vertalers en Tolken in Gent. Dordrecht, Holland: ICG Publications.

 

Magalhaes, M. I. S., & Costa, P. H. H. (1988). Discurso assimetrico: a interacao professor-aluno. (Asymmetrical Discourse: Teacher-Student Interaction). Trabalhos em Linguistica Aplicada, 12, 147-164.

 

Magalhaes, M. L. V. (1996). First Encounters with Literature; Los primeros encuentros con la literatura. Lectura y Vida, 17(2), 13-20.

 

Maggi, A. (1997). The discourse of Sodom in a seventeenth-century Venetian text.  Journal of Homosexuality, 33(3-4), 25-43.

 

Maguire, M., & Weiner, G. (1994). The Place of Women in Teacher-Education: Discourses of Power. Educational Review, 46(2), 121-139.

 

Magureanu, A. (1982). Lingvistica textului si incidentele ei pedagogice. (The Linguistics of the Text and Incidents from Teaching). Studii si cercetari lingvistice, 33(1), 73-76.

 

Maher, T. M. (1991). O conflito interacional e a educacao linguistica do indio. (The Interactional Conflict and a Linguistic Education of Indians). Trabalhos em Linguistica Aplicada, 18, 111-126.

 

Mahiri, J. (1991). Discourse in Sports: Language and Literacy Features of Preadolescent African American Males in a Youth Basketball Program. Journal of Negro Education, 60(3), 305-313.

 

Mahiri, J. (1994). African American males and learning: What discourse in sports offers schooling. Theme Issue: Alternative visions of schooling: Success stories in minority settings. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 25(3), 364-375.

 

Mahnke, M. K. (1989). Foreigner Talk Interaction in the Post-Secondary Content Classroom. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 50(4), 938-C.

 

Mahoney, G., & Wheeden, C. A. (1999). The Effect of Teacher Style on Interactive Engagement of Preschool-Aged Children with Special Learning Needs. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 14(1), 51-68.

 

Mahony, R. J. (1987). Lu Hsiang-Shan and the Importance of Oral Communication in Confucian Education. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 48(2), 394-3.

 

Maimon, E. P. (1981). Writing in the arts and sciences. Boston: Little, Brown.

 

Malcolm, I. (1982). Speech Events of the Aboriginal Classroom. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 36, 115-134.

 

Malinowitz, H. (1995). Textual orientations. Lesbian and gay students and the making of discourse communities. Boynton/Cook Pubs.

 

Mallery-Ruganis, D., & Fischer, S. (1991). Characteristics That Contribute to Effective Simultaneous Communication. American Annals of the Deaf, 136(5), 401-408.

 

Mallow, G. E., & Gilje, F. (1999). Technology-Based Nursing-Education: Overview and Call for Further Dialogue. Journal of Nursing Education, 38(6), 248-251.

 

Malloy, T. E. (2001). Difference to Inference: Teaching Logical and Statistical Reasoning Through Online Interactivity. Behavior Research Methods Instruments & Computers, 33(2), 270-273.

 

Malloy, T. E., & Jensen, G. C. (2001). Utah Virtual Lab: Java Interactivity for Teaching Science and Statistics on Line. Behavior Research Methods Instruments & Computers, 33(2), 282-286.

 

Mann, B., Newhouse, P., Pagram, J., Campbell, A., & Schulz, H. (2002). A Comparison of Temporal Speech and Text Cueing in Educational Multimedia. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 18(3), 296-308.

 

Mann, R. (1974). Textsorten und ihre Konstituenten: Versuch einer Beschreibung. (Text types and their constituents: Attempt at a description). Neueren Sprachen, 73(2), 109-113.

 

Mann, R. (1979). Pragmatik und Englischunterricht: Ein Beitrag zur Rezeption der Sprechakttheorie in der Fachdidaktik. (Pragmatics and English Teaching: A Contribution to the Reception of Speech Act Theory in Special Didactics). Neusprachliche Mitteilungen aus Wissenschaft und Praxis, 32(4), 211-222.

 

Manning, B. H. (1990). A Categorical Analysis of Children's Self-Talk during Independent School Assignments. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 17(4), 208-217.

 

Manning, B. H., White, C. S., & Daugherty, M. (1994). Young children's private speech as a precursor to metacognitive strategy use during task engagement. Discourse Processes, 17(2), 191-211.

 

Manor, R. (1979). A Language for Questions and Answers. Theoretical Linguistics, 6(1), 1-21.

 

Manouchehri, A. (2002). Developing teaching knowledge through peer discourse.  Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(6), 715-737.

 

Mantero, M. (2002). The reasons we speak cognition and discourse in the second language classroom. Westport, Conn.: Bergin & Garvey.

 

Many, J. E. (1996). Patterns of selectivity in drawing on sources:  Examining students' use of intertextuality across literacy events.  Reading Research and Instruction, 36(1), 51-63.

 

Manz, S. L. (2002). A Strategy for Previewing Textbooks: Teaching Readers to Become Thieves. Reading Teacher, 55(5), 434-435.

 

Mar, C. M., Chabal, C., Anderson, R. A., & Vore, A. E. (2003). An Interactive Computer Tutorial to Teach Pain Assessment. Journal of Health Psychology, 8(1), 161-173.

 

Marano, N. L. (1998). The teaching learning dialectic: Two cases of teachers in graduate school.  Teaching and Teacher Education, 14(4), 429-443.

 

Marek, P., Griggs, R. A., & Christopher, A. N. (1999). Pedagogical AIDS in Textbooks: Do College-Students Perceptions Justify Their Prevalence. Teaching of Psychology, 26(1), 11-19.

 

Marenghi, E. M. K. (1986). Classroom Research: Questions from the Audience in a University Lecture Course. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(6), 2145-9.

 

Margolis, J. S. (1990). Psychology of Gender and Academic Discourse: A Comparison between Female and Male Students' Experiences Talking in the College Classroom. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 51(6), 1958-3.

 

Mariet, F. (1978). L'Approche pédagogique des textes politiques dans le cadre de la formation des adultes. (The Pedagogic Approach to Political Texts in the Context of Adult Education). Études de Linguistique Appliquée, 29, 22-34.

 

Mariet, F. (1986). Le Marche interdisciplinaire de la legitimite et le discours de la didactique des langues. (The Interdisciplinary Market of Legitimacy and the Discourse of Language Teaching). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 61, 45-51.

 

Markman, R. H., Markman, P. T., & Waddell, M. L. (1994). 10 steps in writing the research paper. Hauppauge, NY: Barron's Educational Series, Inc.

 

Markman, R. H., & Waddell, M. L. (1965). 10 steps in writing the research paper. Woodbury, N.Y.: Barron's Educational Series.

 

Marks, D. (1993). Case-conference analysis and action research. In: Burman, Erica, & Parker, Ian. (Eds.), Discourse analytic research:Repertoires and readings of texts in action. (pp. 135-154). Florence, KY: Taylor & Francis/Routledge.

 

Marlowe, M., Maycock, G. A., Palmer, L. F., & Morrison, W. F. (1997). Utilizing Literary-Texts in Teacher-Education to Promote Positive Attitudes Toward Children with Emotional and Behavioral-Disorders. Behavioral Disorders, 22(3), 152-159.

 

Marmaridou, S. (1988). Contrastive Analysis at Discourse Level and the Communicative Teaching of Languages. Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics, 22, 123-132.

 

Marschark, M., Mouradian, V., & Halas, M. (1994). Discourse rules in the language productions of deaf and hearing children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 57(1), 89-107.

 

Marsh, M. M. (2002). Examining the Discourses That Shape Our Teacher Identities. Curriculum Inquiry, 32(4), 453-469.

 

Marsh, M. M. (2002). The Influence of Discourses on the Precarious Nature of Mentoring.  Reflective Practice, 3 (1), 103-115.

 

Marshall, J. D., Smagorinsky, P., & Smith, M. W. (1995). The language of interpretation. Patterns of discourse in discussions of literature. National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Marshall, J. D., & Smith, M. W. (1995). The language of interpretation. Patterns of discourse in discussions of literature. National Council of Teachers of English.

 

Martens, B. K., & Hiralall, A. S. (1997). Scripted Sequences of Teacher Interaction: A Versatile, Low-Impact Procedure for Increasing Appropriate Behavior in a Nursery-School. Behavior Modification, 21(3), 308-323.

 

Martin, J. R. (2002). A universe of meaning--how many practices?  In: Johns, Ann M. (Ed.), Genre in the classroom:  Multiple perspectives. (pp. 269-278). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Martin, J. R. (2002). Writing history: Construing time and value in discourses of the past. In: Schleppegrell, Mary J., & Colombi, M. Cecilia. (Eds.), Developing advanced literacy in first and second languages:Meaning with power. (pp. 87-118). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

 

Martin, P. W. (1999). Close Encounters of a Bilingual Kind: Interactional Practices in the Primary Classroom in Brunei. International Journal of Educational Development, 19(2), 127-140.

 

Martin, R. (1980). Writing and defending a thesis or dissertation in psychology and education. Springfield, Ill.: Thomas.

 

Martin-Jones, M., & Heller, M. (1996). Introduction to the Special Issues on Education in Multilingual Settings: Discourse, Identities, and Power, Part 1: Constructing Legitimacy. Linguistics and Education, 8(1), 3-16.

 

Martin-Jones, M., & Saxena, M. (1996). Turn-Taking, Power Asymmetries, and the Positioning of Bilingual Participants in Classroom Discourse. Linguistics and Education, 8(1), 105-123.

 

Martinez, A., Dimitriadis, Y., Rubia, B., Gomez, E., & Delafuente, P. (2003). Combining Qualitative Evaluation and Social Network Analysis for the Study of Classroom Social Interactions. Computers & Education, 41(4), 353-368.

 

Martinez-Marquez, J. A. (1989). Discourse Patterns in a Spanish Language Classroom: Turns, Topics, and Tasks. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 50(2), 431-C.

 

Martinezgracia, M. V., Gilquilez, M. J., & Osada, J. (2003). Genetic-Engineering: A Matter That Requires Further Refinement in Spanish Secondary-School Textbooks. International Journal of Science Education, 25(9), 1147-1168.

 

Martinson, J. R. (1995). Wesleyan Ways of Speaking: Transforming Experience through Sunday School Talk. Dissertation-Abstracts-International,-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences; 1995, 55, 9, Mar, 2639-A-2640-A.

 

Marttunen, M. (1998). Electronic Mail as a Forum for Argumentative Interaction in Higher-Education Studies. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 18(4), 387-405.

 

Marzano, R., & Dole, J. (1985). Teaching the Basic Relationships between Sentences to Improve Comprehension. Australian Journal of Reading, 8(1), 28-38.

 

Mason, L. (1998). Sharing Cognition to Construct Scientific Knowledge in School Context: The Role of Oral and Written Discourse. Instructional Science, 26(5), 359-389.

 

Mason, L. (1998). Sharing cognition to construct scientific knowledge in school context: The role of oral and written discourse..  Instructional Science, 26(5), 359-389.

 

Masters, J. C., Hulsmeyer, B. S., Pike, M. E., Leichty, K., Miller, M. T., & Verst, A. L. (2001). Assessment of Multiple-Choice Questions in Selected Test Banks Accompanying Text Books Used in Nursing-Education. Journal of Nursing Education, 40(1), 25-32.

 

Mather, S. M. (1996). Initiation in Visually Constructed Dialogue: Reading Books with Three- to Eight-Year-Old Students Who Are Deaf and Hard of Hearing. In Lucas, Ceil (Ed.), Multicultural Aspects of Sociolinguistics in Deaf Communities. (pp. 109-131). Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press.

 

Mather, S. M., & Thibeault, A. (2000). Creating an involvement-focused style in book reading with deaf and hard of hearing students: The visual way.  In: Chamberlain, Charlene, & Morford, Jill P. (Eds.), Language acquisition by eye. (pp. 191-219). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

 

Matias, B. (1991). Getting Things Done: A Naturalistic Study of the Kinds and Functions of Directive Language in a Puerto Rican Early Childhood Classroom. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 51, 12, 4016-1.

 

Matkin, R. E., & Riggar, T. F. (1991). Persist and publish. Helpful hints for academic writing and publishing. Niwot, Colo.: University Press of Colorado.

 

Matsuhashi, A. (1981). Pausing and Planning: The Tempo of Written Discourse Production. Research in the Teaching of English, 15(2), 113-134.

 

Matthews, J. R., & Davis, S. F. (1999). An Introduction to Textbook Publishing: What We Did Not Learn in Graduate-School. Teaching of Psychology, 26(1), 40-42.

 

Mattison, R. E. (2001). Consultation Interactions Between Special-Education Teachers and Child-Psychiatrists. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 10(1), 67+.

 

Mattos, M. A. B. (1989). Supletivo o discurso paralelo. Campinas-SP-Brasil: Editora da UNICAMP.

 

Maule, R. W. (1997). Adult It Programs: A Discourse on Pedagogy Strategy and the Internet. Internet Research-Electronic Networking Applications and Policy, 7(2), 129+.

 

Mauriac, P. (1978). La Segmentation en francais parle: reprise du sujet. (Segmentation in Spoken French: Resumption of the Subject). Neueren Sprachen, 77(2), 138-149.

 

Maurice, K. (1989). Conversational Crutches in the Classroom. Cross Currents, 16(2), 91-94.

 

Mavis, B. E., & Brocato, J. J. (1998). Virtual Discourse: Evaluating Dr-Ed as a Computer-Mediated Communications, Network for Medical-Education. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 19(1), 53-65.

 

Maxim, H. H. (2002). A Study into the Feasibility and Effects of Reading Extended Authentic Discourse in the Beginning German-Language Classroom. Modern Language Journal, 86(1), 20-35.

 

Maxim, H. H. I. I. (2002). A study into the feasibility and effects of reading extended authentic discourse in the beginning German language classroom.  Modern Language Journal, 86(1), 20-35.

 

May, S. A. (1995). Deconstructing Traditional Discourses of Schooling: An Example of School Reform. Language and Education, 9(1), 1-29.

 

Maynard, A. E. (2002). Cultural Teaching: The Development of Teaching Skills in Maya Sibling Interactions. Child Development, 73(3), 969-982.

 

Mayo, J. A. (2002). Dialogue as Constructivist Pedagogy: Probing the Minds of Psychology Greatest Contributors. Journal of Constructivist Psychology, 15(4), 291-304.

 

Mayr, A. (2003). Prison discourse. Language as a means of control and resistance. Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

 

McAlindon, M. N., & Smith, G. R. (1994). Repurposing Videodiscs for Interactive Video Instruction: Teaching Concepts of Quality Improvement. Computers in Nursing, 12(1), 46-56.

 

McCabe, A. (1996). Evaluating narrative discourse skills. In: Cole, Kevin N., &  Dale, Philip S. (Eds.), Assessment of communication and language, Vol. 6. (pp. 121-141). Baltimore, MD, USA: Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co.

 

McCaffrey, D. F., Hamilton, L. S., Stecher, B. M., Klein, S. P., Bugliari, D., & Robyn, A. (2001). Interactions Among Instructional Practices, Curriculum, and Student-Achievement: The Case of Standards-Based High-School Mathematics. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 32(5), 493-517.

 

McCain, R. A. (1999). Developing an Online Textbook: Question-Led Teaching and the World-Wide-Web. Journal of Economic Education, 30(3), 210-220.

 

McCall, A. L. (1997). More Than a Pretty Cloth: Teaching Hmong History and Culture Through Textile Art. Theory and Research in Social Education, 25(2), 137-167.

 

McCarthey, S. J. (1992). The influence of classroom discourse on student texts: The case of Ella.  National Reading Conference Yearbook,ional Reading Conference Yearbook. 1992; No 41, 65-86.

 

McCarthy, M. (1991). Discourse analysis for language teachers. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press.

 

McCarthy, M., & Carter, R. (1994). Language as discourse: Perspectives for language teaching. London New York: Longman.

 

McCartney, K., Scarr, S., Rocheleau, A., Phillips, D., & Abbottshim, M. (1997). Teacher-Child Interaction and Child-Care Auspices as Predictors of Social Outcomes in Infants, Toddlers, and Preschoolers. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly-Journal of Developmental Psychology, 43(3), 426-450.

 

McConnell, S. R. (2002). Interventions to Facilitate Social-Interaction for Young-Children with Autism: Review of Available Research and Recommendations for Educational Intervention and Future-Research. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 32(5), 351-372.

 

McCormick, S. (2003). Earning one's inheritance: Rhetorical criticism, everyday talk, and the analysis of public discourse.  Quarterly Journal of Speech, 89(2), 109-131.

 

McCreanor, T. (1993). Pakeha Ideology of Maori Performance, a Discourse Analytic Approach to the Construction of Educational Failure in Aotearoa, New-Zealand. Folia Linguistica, 27(3-4), 293-314.

 

McCulloughgarrett, A. (1993). Reclaiming the African-American Vision for Teaching: Toward an Educational Conversation. Journal of Negro Education, 62(4), 433-440.

 

McCutchen, D. (1986). Sources of Developmental Differences in Children's Writing: Knowledge of Topic and Knowledge of Discourse and Linguistic Form. Dissertation Abstracts International, B: Sciences and Engineering, 46(8), 2846-3.

 

McCutchen, D. (1987). Children's discourse skill: Form and modality requirements of schooled writing.  Discourse Processes, 10(3), 267-286.

 

McFadden, T. U. (1998). Sounds and Stories: Teaching Phonemic Awareness in Interactions Around Text. American Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 7(2), 5-13.

 

McGaha, C. G., & Farran, D. C. (2001). Interactions in an Inclusive Classroom: The Effects of Visual Status and Setting. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, 95(2), 80-94.

 

McGann, M. (1992). Critical thinking and writing in the disciplines. Readings to accompany the Allyn & Bacon handbook. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

 

McGimsey, J. F., Lutzker, J. R., & Greene, B. F. (1994). Validating and Teaching Affective Adult-Child Interaction Skills. Behavior Modification, 18(2), 198-213.

 

McHenry, L., & Bozik, M. (1995). Communicating at a Distance: A Study of Interaction in a Distance Education Classroom. Communication Education, 44(4), 362-371.

 

McIntosh, D. E., Rizza, M. G., & Bliss, L. (2000). Implementing Empirically Supported Interventions: Teacher-Child Interaction Therapy. Psychology in the Schools, 37(5), 453-462.

 

McIntyre, D. R., & Wolff, F. G. (1998). An Experiment with Www Interactive Learning in University-Education. Computers & Education, 31(3), 255-264.

 

McKay, S. L., & Wong, S. L. C. (1996). Multiple discourses, multiple identities: Investment and agency in second-language learning among Chinese adolescent immigrant students.  Harvard Educational Review, 66(3), 577-608.

 

McKenzie, J. (2003). The Student as an Active Agent in a Disciplinary Structure: Introducing the Patchwork Text in Teaching Sociology. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 40(2), 152-160.

 

McKeown, G., & Freebody, P. (1988). The Language of Aboriginal and Non-Aboriginal Children and the Texts They Encounter in Schools. Australian Journal of Reading, 11(2), 115-126.

 

McKeown, M. G., Beck, I. L., & Sandora, C. A. (1999). Questioning the Author: An approach to developing meaningful classroom discourse. Consortium On Reading Excellence (CORE); et al. Reading research: Anthology: The why? of reading instruction. (pp. 156-178). Novato, CA, USA: Arena Press.

 

McLean, S. (1995). To Educate or Not to Educate: Canadian Discourses Concerning Inuit Schooling from the 1930s to the 1950s. Journal of Historical Sociology, 8(2), 182-197.

 

McMahon, M., & Patton, W. (2000). Conversations on Clinical Supervision: Benefits Perceived by School Counselors. British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 28(3), 339-351.

 

McMahon, S. J. (1997). Using Documented Written and Oral Dialogue to Understand and Challenge Preservice Teachers Reflections. Teaching and Teacher Education, 13(2), 199-213.

 

McManus, S. M., & Gettinger, M. (1996). Teacher and Student-Evaluations of Cooperative Learning and Observed Interactive Behaviors. Journal of Educational Research, 90(1), 13-22.

 

McMinn, M. R., Lindsay, S. F., Hannum, L. E., & Troyer, P. K. (1990). Does Sexist Language Reflect Personal Characteristics?. Sex Roles, 23, 7-8, 389-396.

 

McRoy, S. W., Liuperez, A., & Ali, S. S. (1998). Interactive Computerized Health-Care Education. Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association, 5(4), 347-356.

 

McTear, M. F. (1979). "Hey! I've Got Something to Tell You": A Study of the Initiation of Conversational Exchanges by Preschool Children. Journal of Pragmatics, 3, 3-4, 321-336.

 

McTear, M. F. (1985). Developing Conversation in Young Children. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 1(2), 162-171.

 

McWilliam, R. A., Tocci, L., & Harbin, G. L. (1998). Family-Centered Services: Service Providers Discourse and Behavior. Topics in Early Childhood Special Education, 18(4), 206-221.

 

Meadows, L. R. (1972). A study of the teaching of English composition in teachers colleges in the United States. With a suggested course of procedure..

 

Mehan, H. (1979). What time is it, Denise?: Some observations on the organization and consequences of asking known information questions in classroom discourse. Theory into practice, 18(4), 285-292.

 

Mehan, H. (1985). The structure of classroom discourse. In T. A. van Dijk (Ed.), Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Vol. 3. (pp. 120-31). London: Academic Press.

 

Mehan, H. (1986). The role of language and the language of role in institutional decision making. In S. Fisher, A. D. Todd (Eds.), Discourse and institutional authority: Medicine, education, and law (pp. 140-163). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

 

Mehan, H. (1987). Language and Power in Organizational Process. Discourse Processes: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 10(4), 291-301.

 

Mehan, H. (1994). The role of discourse in learning, schooling, and reform.  In: McLeod, Beverly. (Ed.), Language and learning:  Educating linguistically diverse students. SUNY series, the social context of education. (pp. 71-96). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

 

Mehan, H. (1998). The Study of Social-Interaction in Educational-Settings: Accomplishments and Unresolved Issues. Human Development, 41(4), 245-269.

 

Mehan, H., & Griffin, P. (1981). Sense and ritual in classroom discourse. In F. Coulmas (Ed.) Conversational routines: Explorations in standardized communication situations and prepatterned speech. The Hague: Mouton.

 

Meichenbaum, D., & Biemiller, A. (1992). In search of student expertise in the classroom: A metacognitive analysis.  In: Pressley, Michael, & Harris, Karen R. (Eds.), Promoting academic competence and literacy in school. (pp. 3-56). San Diego, CA: Academic Press, Inc.

 

Meinhof, U. H. (1987). Culture, Discourse, and Foreign Language Teaching. A Sociosemiotic Perspective. DPhil, Sussex.

 

Menchaca, M. (1997). Early racist discourses: Roots of deficit thinking.  In: Valencia, Richard R. (Ed.), The evolution of deficit thinking:  Educational thought and practice. The Stanford series on education and public policy. (pp. 13-40)..

 

Mendler, J., Simon, D., & Broome, P. (2002). Virtual Development and Virtual Geographies: Using the Internet to Teach Interactive Distance Courses in the Global South. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 26(3), 313-325.

 

Meng, K. (1988). Erzahlen und Zuhoren im Alltag. Skizze eines Kommunikationstyps. (Telling and Listening on a Working Day. An Outline of a Communication Type). Linguistische Studien, Reihe A: Arbeitsberichte, 181, 1-68.

 

Meng, K., & Nitsche, U. (1989). Verstandnissicherung im Gesprach. (The Securing of Understanding in Conversation). Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 26(3), 158-163.

 

Menke, D., & Davey, B. (1994). Teachers Views of Textbooks and Text Reading-Instruction: Experience Matters. Journal of Reading, 37(6), 464-470.

 

Menken, K. (1994). Ethnic Pride and the Classroom: An Ethnographic Study of Classroom Behavior-Norms and Themes. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics, 10(1), 91-106.

 

Mercer, N. (1994). The Quality of Talk in Children's Joint Activity at the Computer. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 10(1), 24-32.

 

Mercer, N. (1997). Socio-cultural perspectives and the study of classroom discourse.  In: Coll, Cesar, & Edwards, Derek. (Eds.), Teaching, learning and classroom discourse:  Approaches to the study of educational discourse. Culture & consciousness series./Coleccion cultura y conciencia. (pp. 13-21)..

 

Mercer, N. (2002). Diversity and commonality in the analysis of talk.  Journal of the Learning Sciences, 11(2-3), 369-371.

 

Merritt, M. (1982). Repeats and reformulations in primary classrooms as windows of the nature of talk engagement. Discourse Processes, 5, 127-145.

 

Merttens, R. (1998). What is to be done? (With apologies to Lenin!). In: Parker, Ian. (Ed.), Social constructionism:Discourse and realism. (pp. 59-73). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc.

 

Mertz, E. (1992). Linguistic Ideology and Praxis in U.S. Law School Classrooms. Pragmatics, 2(3), 325-334.

 

Messora, N., & Sherrill, B. (1978). A New 'Role' for Audio-Visual Aids: A Slide-Sequence of Strategies and Protocols. System, 6(2), 79-88.

 

Methuen, C. (1996). Maestlins Teaching of Copernicus: The Evidence of His University Textbook and Disputations. Isis, 87(2), 230-247.

 

Metsala, J. L., & Glynn, S. (1996). Teaching with Analogies: Building on the Science Textbook. Reading Teacher, 49(6), 490-492.

 

Meyer, B. J., & Freedle, R. O. (1984). Effects of discourse type on recall.  American Educational Research Journal, 21(1), 121-143.

 

Meyer, D. K., & Turner, J. C. (2002). Using instructional discourse analysis to study the scaffolding of student self-regulation.  Educational Psychologist, 37(1), 17-25.

 

Meyer-Hermann, R. (1978). Sprechen, Handeln, Interaktion: Ergebnisse aus Bielefelder Forschungsprojekten zu Texttheorie, Sprechakttheorie u. Konversationsanalyse. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

 

Miall, D. S. (1996). Empowering the reader: Literary response and classroom learning. In Roger J. Kreuz, & Mary Sue MacNealy (Eds.), Empirical approaches to literature and aesthetics. Advances in discourse processes, Vol. 52. (pp. 463-478). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.

 

Micarelli, A., & Boylan, P. (1997). Conversation Rebuilding: From the Foreign-Language Classroom to Implementation in an Intelligent Tutoring System. Computers & Education, 29(4), 163-180.

 

Michaelides, M. P. (1985). Pratique des relations internationales en francais. Deuxieme partie: ecrit: de l'analyse de discours aux pratiques pedagogiques. (Practice of International Relations in French. Second Part: Writing: From Discourse Analysis to Pedagogical Practice). Francais dans le Monde, 25, 197, 69-79.

 

Michaels, S. (1983). The role of adult assistance in children's acquisition of literate discourse strategies.  Volta Review, 85(5), 72-86.

 

Michaels, S. (1985). Hearing the Connections in Children's Oral and Written Discourse. Journal of Education, 167(1), 36-56.

 

Michaels, S. (1987). Text and Context: A New Approach to the Study of Classroom Writing. Discourse Processes, 10(4), 321-346.

 

Michell, L. (1982). Language styles of 10 nursery school children.  First Language, 3(7, Pt 1), 3-28.

 

Michell, L., & Peel, E. A. (1977). A Cognitive Dimension in the Analysis of Classroom Discourse. Educational Review, 29(4), 255-266.

 

Mieville, D. (1984, 1985). Connaissance et schematisation. / Knowledge and schematization. Bulletin de Psychologie, 38(371), 625-630.

 

Mieville, D. (19845 ). Connaissance et schematisation. / Knowledge and schematization.  Bulletin de Psychologie, 38(371), 625-630.

 

Miller, P. J. (1994). Narrative practices: Their role in socialization and self-construction. In: Neisser, Ulric, & Fivush, Robyn. (Eds.), The remembering self:Construction and accuracy in the self-narrative. Emory symposia in cognition, 6. (pp. 158-179). New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.

 

Miller, R. K. (1986). The informed argument. A multidisciplinary reader and guide. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

 

Miller, S., & Knowles, K. (1997). New ways of writing. A handbook for writing with computers. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

 

Miller, S. M., & Legge, S. (1999). Supporting Possible Worlds: Transforming Literature Teaching and Learning Through Conversations in the Narrative Mode. Research in the Teaching of English, 34(1), 10-64.

 

Milligan, J. A. (2000). Mapping the Road Toward Bethlehem: Parameters for Discourse on the Relationship Between Religion and Public-Education. Educational Policy, 14(5), 685-702.

 

Mills, C. A., & Withers, C. W. J. (1992). Teaching Qualitative Geography as Interpretative Discourse. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 16(2), 159-165.

 

Milne, D., James, I., Keegan, D., & Dudley, M. (2002). Teachers Pets: A New Observational Measure of Experiential Training Interactions. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 9(3), 187-199.

 

Minami, M. (1996). Japanese Preschool Childrens and Adults Narrative Discourse Competence and Narrative Structure. Journal of Narrative and Life History, 6(4), 349-373.

 

Mindt, D. (1978). Probleme des pragmalinguistischen Ansatzes in der Fremdsprachendidaktik. (Problems of the Pragmalinguistic Approach in Foreign-Language Didactics). Neueren Sprachen, 77, 3-4, 340-356.

 

Minick, N. (1993). Teacher's directives: The social construction of "literal meanings" and "real worlds" in classroom discourse. In: Chaiklin, Seth, & Lave, Jean. (Eds.), Understanding practice:Perspectives on activity and context. Learning in doing:Social, cognitive, and computational perspectives. (pp. 343-374). New York, NY, US: Cambridge University Press. x, 414 pp

 

Minish, P. A. (1989). Informal Parent-Staff Communication in Day Care Centers. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 49(9), 2532-C.

 

Mintz, J. (1995). Self in relation to other: Preschoolers' verbal social comparisons within narrative discourse. In Linda L. Sperry, & Patricia A. Smiley (Eds.), Exploring young children's concepts of self and other through conversation. New directions for child development, No. 69. (pp. 61-73). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass Inc.

 

Miraftab, F. (2003). The Perils of Participatory Discourse: Housing Policy in Postapartheid South-Africa. Journal of Planning Education and Research, 22(3), 226-239.

 

Mischo, C. (2003). Cognitive, emotional, and verbal responses in unfair everyday discourse.  Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 22(1), 119-131.

 

Mitchell, C. (1993). Multiculturalism: The Coded Reinscription of Race in Contemporary Educational Discourse. Black Scholar, 23(3-4), 71-74.

 

Mitchell, C. (Ed.). (1991). Rewriting literacy: Culture and the discourse of the other. New York: Bergin & Garvey.

 

Mitchell, C., & Weiler, K. (Eds.). (1991). Rewriting literacy. Culture and the discourse of the other. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey/Greenwood.

 

Moffett, J. (1968). Teaching the universe of discourse. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

 

Mohan, B. A. (1989). Knowledge Structures and Academic Discourse. Word, 40, 1-2, 99-115.

 

Mohr, K. A. J. (1998). Teacher talk: A summary analaysis of effective teachers' discourse during primary literacy lessons.  Journal of Classroom Interaction, 33(2), 16-23.

 

Moirand, S. (1986). Decrire les discours d'une revue sur l'enseignement des langues. (Describing the Discourse of a Journal of Language Teaching). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 61, 27-37.

 

Moirand, S. (1990). Une Linguistique de discours au service de l'histoire recente?. (Discourse Linguistics at the Service of Recent History?). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 78, 53-64.

 

Moirand, S. (1994). La Construction de l'exposition discursive. In J. A. Coleman, & R. Crawshaw (Eds.), Discourse Variety in Contemporary French: Descriptive and Pedagogical Approaches. (pp. 161-84). London: Assn. for Fr. Lang. Studies with Centre for Information on Lang. Teaching & Research.

 

Moirand, S., & Brasquet-Loubeyre, M. (1994). Signs of Pedagogy in Discourse in the Media; Des traces de didacticite dans les discours des medias. Francais dans le Monde, special number, 20-33.

 

Moje, E. B. (1997). Exploring discourse, subjectivity, and knowledge in chemistry class.  Journal of Classroom Interaction, 32(2), 35-44.

 

Mok, I. (1990). Anti-racisme en schoolboeken (Anti-racism and textbooks). Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam, Program of Discourse Studies.

 

Mondschein Leist, S. R. (1997). A guidebook for using writing to teach across the curriculum. Needham Heights, MA: Simon & Schuster Custom Pub.

 

Monroe, J. (Ed.). (2002). Writing and revising the disciplines. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.

 

Monroe, J. (Ed.). (2003). Local knowledges, local practices. Writing in the disciplines at Cornell. Pittsburgh, Pa.: University of Pittsburgh Press.

 

Montano-Harmon, M. R. (1989). Discourse Features in the Compositions of Mexican, English-as-a-Second-Language, Mexican-American/Chicano, and Anglo High School Students: Considerations for the Formulation of Educational Policies. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 50(5), 1235-C.

 

Monteil, J. M., Brunot, S., & Huguet, P. (1996). Cognitive Performance and Attention in the Classroom: An Interaction Between Past and Present Academic Experiences. Journal of Educational Psychology, 88(2), 242-248.

 

Monteiro, M., & Rosler, D. (1993). Eine Vorlesung ist nicht nur eine Vor-Lesung: Uberlegungen zur Beschreibung eines kommunikativen Ereignisses in der Lehre an Hochschulen. (A Lecture Is Not Just a Reading: Reflections on the Description of a Communicative Event in University Instruction). Special Language Fachsprache, 15, 1-2, 54-67.

 

Monzo, L. D., & Rueda, R. S. (2001). Professional Roles, Caring, and Scaffolds: Latino Teachers and Paraeducators Interactions with Latino Students. American Journal of Education, 109(4), 438-471.

 

Moore, K. A., & Mellor, D. J. (2003). The Nature of Childrens Social Interactions at School. School Psychology International, 24(3), 329-339.

 

Moore, K. Z. (1987). Composition handbook. Outlining the requirements for basic competence in reading and writing within the college curriculum. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall/Hunt Pub. Co.

 

Moore, P. J., & Scevak, J. J. (1995). The Effects of Strategy Training on High-School-Students Learning from Science Texts. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 10(4), 401-409.

 

Moore, R., & Muller, J. (1999). The Discourse of Voice and the Problem of Knowledge and Identify in the Sociology of Education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 20(2), 189-206.

 

Morais, A. M., & Antunes, H. (1994). Students Differential Text Production in the Regulative Context of the Classroom. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 15(2), 243-263.

 

Morduchowicz, R. (1994). Newspapers as Texts for Students Political-Education: The Case of Argentina. PS-Political Science & Politics, 27(2), 316-320.

 

Moreno, A. I. (2003). Matching Theoretical Descriptions of Discourse and Practical Applications to Teaching: The Case of Causal Metatext. English for Specific Purposes, 22(3), 265-295.

 

Moreno, R., Mayer, R. E., Spires, H. A., & Lester, J. C. (2001). The Case for Social Agency in Computer-Based Teaching: Do Students Learn More Deeply When They Interact with Animated Pedagogical Agents. Cognition and Instruction, 19(2), 177-213.

 

Morgan, C., Tsatsaroni, A., & Lerman, S. (2002). Mathematics Teachers Positions and Practices in Discourses of Assessment. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 23(3), 445-461.

 

Morgan, J. (2003). Imagined Country: National Environmental Ideologies in School Geography Textbooks. Antipode, 35(3), 444-462.

 

Morgan, W. (1997). Critical literacy in the classroom: The art of the possible. London New York: Routledge.

 

Mori, J. (2002). Task Design, Plan, and Development of Talk-in-Interaction: An Analysis of a Small-Group Activity in a Japanese-Language Classroom. Applied Linguistics, 23(3), 323-347.

 

Morita, N. (2000). Discourse Socialization Through Oral Classroom Activities in a Tesl Graduate Program. Tesol Quarterly, 34(2), 279-310.

 

Morocco, C. C., & Hindin, A. (2002). The role of conversation in a thematic understanding of literature.  Learning Disabilities Research and Practice, 17(3), 144-159.

 

Morrill, C., Yalda, C., Adelman, M., Musheno, M., & Bejarano, C. (2000). Telling tales in school: Youth culture and conflict narratives.  Law and Society Review, 34(3), 521-565.

 

Morris, M. J. F. (1986). Language Analyses of Oral and Written Reports by Learning Disabled and Normal High Schoolers. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47(4), 1283-3.

 

Morris, P., & Chan, K. K. (1997). Cross-Curricular Themes and Curriculum Reform in Hong-Kong: Policy as Discourse. British Journal of Educational Studies, 45(3), 248-262.

 

Morrish, E. (2002). The case of the indefinite pronoun: Discourse and the concealment of lesbian identity in class.  In: Litosseliti, Lia, & Sunderland, Jane. (Eds.), Gender identity and discourse analysis. Discourse approaches to politics, society and culture. (pp. 177-192). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

 

Morrison, E. F., Rimmkauffman, S., & Pianta, R. C. (2003). A Longitudinal-Study of Mother-Child Interactions at School Entry and Social and Academic Outcomes in Middle School. Journal of School Psychology, 41(3), 185-200.

 

Morrongiello, B. A., Miron, J., & Reutz, R. (1998). Prevention of Pediatric Acquired Brain Injury: An Interactive, Elementary-School Program. Canadian Journal of Public Health-Revue Canadienne de Sante Publique, 89(6), 391-396.

 

Morroy, R. (1987). Teaching Strategies: Linguistic Devices for Sustaining Interaction in Dialogue Journal Writing. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 47, 10, 3750-9.

 

Mortimer, E. F. (1998). Multivoicedness and Univocality in Classroom Discourse: An Example from Theory of Matter. International Journal of Science Education, 20(1), 67-82.

 

Mortimer, E. F., & Machado, A. H. (2000). Anomalies and Conflicts in Classroom Discourse. Science Education, 84(4), 429-444.

 

Mortimer, E. F., & Machado, A. H. (2000). Anomalies and conflicts in classroom discourse.  Science Education, 84(4), 429-444.

 

Mortimer, E. F., & Wertsch, J. V. (2003). The architecture and dynamics of intersubjectivity in science classrooms.  Mind, Culture, and Activity, 10 (3), 230-244.

 

Moseley, M. J. (1990). Mother-Child Interaction with Preschool Language-Delayed Children: Structuring Conversations. Journal of Communication Disorders, 23(3), 187-203.

 

Moss, A., & Holder, C. (1988). Improving student writing. A guidebook for faculty in all disciplines. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall/Hunt Pub. Co.

 

Moss, E., Rousseau, D., Parent, S., Stlaurent, D., & Saintonge, J. (1998). Correlates of Attachment at School-Age: Maternal Reported Stress, Mother-Child Interaction, and Behavior Problems. Child Development, 69(5), 1390-1405.

 

Mottet, T. P. (2000). Interactive Television Instructors Perceptions of Students Nonverbal Responsiveness and Their Influence on Distance Teaching. Communication Education, 49(2), 146-164.

 

Mouchon, J. (1986). Aspects proxemiques de la communication didactique. (Proxemic Aspects of Didactic Communication). Etudes de Linguistique Appliquee, 61, 91-102.

 

Mougeon, R., & Rehner, K. (2001). Acquisition of sociolinguistic variants by French immersion students: The case of restrictive expressions, and more.  Modern Language Journal, 85(3), 398-415.

 

Moughrabi, F. (2001). Unfounded Attacks on School Textbooks Have Had Disastrous Consequences: Battle of the Books in Palestine. Nation, 273(9), 22-24.

 

Mourlhon-Dallies, F. (1996). From Discourse Description to Expository Writing; De la description des discours a la construction de l'exposition discursive. Francais dans le Monde, 36, J150-155.

 

Moxley, J. M. (1992). Publish, don't perish. The scholar's guide to academic writing and publishing. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press.

 

Moxley, J. M., & Lenker, L. T. (Eds.). (1995). The politics and processes of scholarship. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press.

 

Mu, K., Siegel, E. B., & Allinder, R. M. (2000). Peer Interactions and Sociometric Status of High-School-Students with Moderate or Severe Disabilities in General-Education Classrooms. Journal of the Association for Persons With Severe Handicaps, 25(3), 142-152.

 

Mudgettdecaro, P., & Hurwitz, T. A. (1997). Classroom Dialogues and Deaf Identities. American Annals of the Deaf, 142(2), 96-99.

 

Muller, A. (1986). Zur sprachlichen Realisierung der Kommunikationsverfahren (Kv) Berichten und Beschreiben in ausgewahlten Textsorten. (On the Linguistic Realization of the Communication Processes "Report" and "Describe" in Selected Text Types). Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Padagogischen Hochschule Karl Liebknecht Potsdam, 30(2), 319-321.

 

Muller, G. H. (1994). The McGraw-Hill reader. Themes in the disciplines. New York: McGraw-Hill.

 

Muller, G. H. (1997). The McGraw-Hill reader. Issues across the disciplines. New York: McGraw-Hill.

 

Muller, J. (1989). `Out of their minds': An analysis of discourse in two South African science classrooms. In Derek Roger, & Peter Bull (Eds.), Conversation: An interdisciplinary perspective. Intercommunication series, 3. (pp. 313-337). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

 

Muller, S. (1984). Versuch der Zuordnung elementarer sprachlicher Mittel und Strukturen zu Kommunikationsverfahren. (Attempt at an Assignment of Elementary Linguistic Means and Structures to Communication Procedures). Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 21(2), 114-116.

 

Munby, H. (1987). Metaphor and Teachers' Knowledge. Research in the Teaching of English, 21(4), 377-397.

 

Munoz-Hernandez, S. (1986). Towards a Cultural Understanding of Teacher Talk: The Teacher Disapproval Category Reexamined. NABE Journal, 10(3), 183-197.

 

Munro, A. B., & Van Houten, L. (1988). Lessons taught and lessons learned: A story of differential teacher adaptations of lessons for high- and low-ranked hearing impaired students. Discourse Processes, 11(2), 117-138.

 

Murfin, P. K. (1990). An Analysis of the Effects of Three Discourse Structures on Recall. Dissertation Abstracts International, A: The Humanities and Social Sciences, 50(8), 2442-J.

 

Murphy, S. (1991). Authorship and Discourse Types in Canadian Basal Reading Programs. Reflections on Canadian Literacy, 9, 3-4, 133-138.

 

Murphy-Lejeune, E., Cain, A., & Kramsch, C. (1996). Analysing Representations of Otherness Using Different Text-Types. Language Culture and Curriculum, 9(1), 51-65.

 

Musayeva, G. (1998). Corrective Discourse in Turkish EFL Classrooms. Iral-International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 36(2), 137-160.

 

Muthurayan, K. L. (1992). Hermeneutic analysis of discourse. Thiruvananthapuram: International School of Drividian Linguistics.

 

Myers, D. G. (1995). Teaching, Texts, and Values. Journal of Psychology and Theology, 23(4), 244-247.

 

Myhill, D. (2002). Bad Boys and Good Girls: Patterns of Interaction and Response in Whole Class Teaching. British Educational Research Journal, 28(3), 339-352.

 

Nagda, B. A., Spearmon, M. L., Holley, L. C., Harding, S., Balassone, M. L., Moiseswanson, D., & Demello, S. (1999). Intergroup Dialogues: An Innovative Approach to Teaching About Diversity and Justice in Social-Work Programs. Journal of Social Work Education, 35(3), 433-449.

 

Nagel, D. E., Putnam, F. W., Noll, J. G., & Trickett, P. K. (1997). Disclosure patterns of sexual abuse and psychological functioning at a 1-year follow-up. Child Abuse & Neglect, 21(2), 137-147.

 

Nakamura, W. M., Stewart, K. B., & Tatarka, M. E. (2000). Assessing Father-Infant Interactions Using the Ncast Teaching Scale: A Pilot-Study. American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 54(1), 44-51.

 

Napholz, L., & McCanse, R. (1994). Interactive Video Instruction Increases Efficiency in Cognitive-Learning in a Baccalaureate Nursing-Education Program. Computers in Nursing, 12(3), 149-153.

 

Narvaez, D. (1999). Using Discourse Processing Methods to Study Moral Thinking. Educational Psychology Review, 11(4), 377-393.

 

Narvaez, D. (2001). Moral Text Comprehension: Implications for Education and Research. Journal of Moral Education, 30(1), 43-54.

 

Nassaji, H. (1999). Towards Integrating Form-Focused Instruction and Communicative Interaction in the 2nd Language Classroom: Some Pedagogical Possibilities. Canadian Modern Language Review-Revue Canadienne des Langues Vivantes, 55(3), 385-402.

 

Nassaji, H. (2000). A Response to Nassajis Towards Integrating Forum-Focused Instruction and Communicative Interaction in the 2nd Language Classroom in Light of Issues Related to Focus on Form: A Reply to Sheen. Canadian Modern Language Review-Revue Canadienne des Langues Vivantes, 56(3), 507-513.

 

Nassaji, H., & Wells, G. (2000). Whats the Use of Triadic Dialogue: An Investigation of Teacher-Student Interaction. Applied Linguistics, 21(3), 376-406.

 

Nathan, M. J., & Knuth, E. J. (2003). A Study of Whole Classroom Mathematical Discourse and Teacher Change. Cognition and Instruction, 21(2), 175-207.

 

Nation, I. S. P. (1984). Understanding Paragraphs. Language Learning and Communication / Zhongying Yuwen Jiaoxue, 3(1), 61-68.

 

Nattinger, J. R., & DeCarrico, J. S. (1992). Lexical phrases and language teaching. Oxford (England) New York: Oxford University Press.

 

Naylor, P. B. (1975). Topic, Focus, and Emphasis in the Tagalog Verbal Clause. Oceanic Linguistics, 14(1), 12-79.

 

Neafsey, P. J., Strickler, Z., Shellman, J., & Chartier, V. (2002). An Interactive Technology Approach to Educate Older Adults About Drug-Interactions Arising from over-the-Counter Self-Medication Practices. Public Health Nursing, 19(4), 255-262.

 

Nebel, I. T., Bluher, M., Starcke, U., Muller, U. A., Haak, T., & Paschke, R. (2002). Evaluation of a Computer-Based Interactive Diabetes Education-Program Designed to Train the Estimation of the Energy or Carbohydrate Contents of Foods. Patient Education and Counseling, 46(1), 55-59.

 

Needels, M. C. (1988). A New Design for Process-Product Research on the Quality of Discourse in Teaching. American Educational Research Journal, 25(4), 503-526.

 

Needels, M. C. (1988). A new design for process^product research on the quality of discourse in teaching.  American Educational Research Journal, 25(4), 503-526.

 

Neff, J. M. (1998). From a Distance: Teaching Writing on Interactive Television. Research in the Teaching of English, 33(2), 136-157.

 

Nelson, J. K. (2002). Tempest in a Textbook: A Report on the New Middle-School History Textbook in Japan. Critical Asian Studies, 34(1), 129-148.

 

Nelson, J. R., & Roberts, M. L. (2000). Ongoing Reciprocal Teacher-Student Interactions Involving Disruptive Behaviors in General-Education Classrooms. Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 8(1), 27+.

 

Nespor, J., & Barylske, J. (1991). Narrative discourse and teacher knowledge.  American Educational Research Journal, 28(4), 805-823.

 

Neuner, J. L. (1985). Text Studies and Teaching: Lessons from Cohesion Analysis. English Record, 36(4), 8-12.

 

Neuner, J. L. (1987). Cohesive Ties and Chains in Good and Poor Freshman Essays. Research in the Teaching of English, 21(1), 92-105.

 

Neuwirth, S. E. (1976). A Look at Intersentence Grammar. Reading Teacher, 30(1), 28-32.

 

Neves, I. P., & Morais, A. M. (2001). Knowledges and values in science syllabuses: A sociological study of educational reforms.  British Journal of Sociology of Education, 22(4), 531-556.

 

Neville, A. (1990). Unestablished Referent in Children's Conversations: An Assessment Procedure. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 6(2), 192-207.

 

Newby, M. J. (1997). Educational Action Research: The Death of Meaning: Or, the Practitioners Response to Utopian Discourse. Educational Research, 39(1), 77-86.

 

Newkirk, T. (1987). The Non-Narrative Writing of Young Children. Research in the Teaching of English, 21(2), 121-144.

 

Newkirk, T. (1989). Critical thinking and writing. Reclaiming the